Gemini GEM-P9600, GEM-RP2ASe2, GEM-RP3DGTL, GEM-RP4RFC, GEM-RP4C Programming Instructions Manual

...
PROGRAMMING
R
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
ARMED
STATUS
SYSTEM ARMED 01/01/97 12:00AM
1243
56
7890
A B C
D
E F G
NEXT/YES
PRIOR/NO
AREA
GEMINI
ENT A1
R
HARDWIRE
INSTRUCTIONS
WIRELESS
GEM-P9600
CONTROL PANEL/COMMUNICATOR
Programming the GEM-P9600 Control Panel with the
"Classic" GEM-RP2ASe2, GEM-RP3DGTL, and GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-RP4C Keypads and
the
"K Series" GEM-K2AS, GEM-K3DGTL
, and
GEM-K4RF/GEM-K4
Keypads
GEMINI
STATUS
ARMED
R
A B C
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
Quick Start (for GEM-K2ASe2):
1. Refer to the wiring diagram, connect Siren, Aux. Power, PGM Output, Remote Bus, Earth Ground, Zone and Tele­phone Wiring. NOTE: See Installation Instructions (WI742).
2. Connect AC power first and then the battery.
3. Configure the keypad (see page 64).
4. Access the Easy Menu Driven (Dealer Program) Mode:
Press:
EEEEEER
Press
NO until “
Press
© Napco 2003
NEXT/YES to enter Dealer Program Mode. See p. 5
SYSTEM ARMED 01/01/97 12:00AM
1243
7890
"K Series" GEM-K2AS
Master Security Code
(on microshield)
TURNON PROG Y/N
AC ON
56
” appears on the keypad display.
AC ON
READY
D
READY
NEXT/YES
E
PRIOR/NO
F
AREA
G
"K Series" GEM-K4RF/GEM-K4
R
32
BYPASS FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
INTER IOR
R
"K Series" GEM-K3DGTL
Quick Start (for GEM-K3DGTL):
1. Refer to the wiring diagram, connect Siren, Aux. Power, PGM Output, Remote Bus, Earth Ground, Zone and Tele­phone Wiring. NOTE: See Installation Instructions (WI742).
2. Connect AC power first and then the battery.
3. Configure the keypad (see page 64).
4. Access the Easy Menu Driven (Dealer Program) Mode:
Press:
EEEEEER
Press
Press
Master Security Code
(on microshield)
NO until “17” appears on the keypad display.
NEXT/YES to enter Dealer Program Mode. See p. 5.
WI 1185 6/03
THIS MANUAL INCLUDES FEATURES WHICH ARE ONLY AVAILABLE IN CONTROL PANEL FIRMWARE VERSION 20 OR LATER.
IMPORTANT NOTE
This manual supports the keypad programming of the GEM-P9600 control panel with the NAPCO "classic" GEM­RP2ASe2, GEM-RP3DGTL and GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-RP4C keypads as well as the GEM-K2AS, GEM-K3DGTL and GEM-K4RF/GEM-K4 "K Series" keypads. The new "K Series" models offer the new STAY and AWAY buttons with sim­plified functionality, along with the new MENU and ENTER buttons. While the instructions in this manual are depicted using the "K Series" keypads, the manual applies to both the "classic" and the "K Series" keypads.
Program Mode
is the same for both keypads--
only the button names have changed
, as follows:
The
The
A
D
button and the
R
button and the U button operate identically (in Program Mode) for both keypads.
button operate identically (in Program Mode) for both keypads.
The
"NEXT/YES button" are used in this manual.
button and the button operate identically (in Program Mode) for both keypads. The words
The
"
PRIOR/NO
button and the button operate identically (in Program Mode) for both keypads. The words
button" are used in this manual.
CHANGES FROM PREVIOUS EDITION
This manual (WI1185) contains revised Installation Instructions previ­ously found in WI777D. The revisions are as follows:
Pages 6-21: Easy Program Menu includes new selections: 24 Hour Zones in
Area 1, Chime Zones in Area 1, Chime 2 Zones in Area 1, Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1, 50 mS Loop Response Zones, Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones, Sensor Watch Zones, Keypad Sounder On Alarm Zones, Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones, Enable No EOLR Zones, Enable Telco Line Fault Test, Enable Burg Output Chirp on KeyFob, Enable SIA CP-01 Fea­tures.
Page 39, address 2421, "Telco Answering Service Override" name changed to
"2nd Call Answering Machine Override". Page 46, added address 2417, bit 5, "Lug E4 Armed Away Only". Panel includes added features to accommodate the SIA CP-01 False Alarm Re-
duction Standard. Therefore Direct Address Program Mode addresses
have been modified or added, as follows:
Page 47, modified address 2422, bit 6, Enable Bell Output on Keyfob Arming Page 47, added address 2421, bit 3, Aux. Output Chirp on Keyfob Arm/Disarm Page 47, added address 2421, bit 4, Don’t Clear Aux. Relay with Disarm Page 48, added address 3905, bit 1, Exit Time Restart Page 48, added address 3905, bit 2, Sound Alarm on Exit Error Page 48, added address 3905, bit 3, Rpt Exit Err/Recent Close Page 48, added address 3905, bit 4, Digital Dialer Rpt Enter/Exit Test Mode Page 48, added address 3905, bit 5, Enable CP-01 Limits Page 48, added address 3905, bit 6, Disable Call Waiting on First Attempt Page 48, added address 3905, bit 7, Enable Ambush in User Assignment
Code Type
Page 28, modified address 4082, Report Cancel Window. Address Number Index added at end of manual. Page 4, the following statement added: "
computer is not allowed for Fire Alarm or UL installations."
Pages 4, 5, and 7, "50mS Loop Response Zones", since the time of 50 mS does
Note:
Unattended downloading from a
not meet the UL listing requirement of the panel, the following notation is
made: "750 mS is required for Loop Response time in UL installations". Page 7, "Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones" notation added: "Not evaluated by UL". Page 10, "Enter User Codes", instructions modified to enter a code from "3 to 6"
digits. Area Options/Explanation chart at the top of page 11: the following information
added: "Ambush: Allows user code to send Ambush signal to Central
Station". In Zone Options (pages 40-45) and the wiring diagram (page 72), the following
notation added: "Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 in-
stallations". Added to Zone Options (pages 40-45) and on page 47, address 2422, bit 0: "In UL
installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for 'Pulsed Burg
Output' and 'Fire Output Cadence' (Address 2422, bit zero)". Page 59, Table 4: the following notation added: "Keypad Tamper must be en-
abled in UL installations". Pages 40-44, added to Zone Options, "Interior (STAY) Bypass", addresses 1284,
1384, 1484, 1584, 1684, 1784, 1884, 1984, 2084, 2184, 2284, 2384. Page 46, notation added to address 2419, bit 0: "
Series " keypads". Page 47, address 2422, bit 5, "Disable Exit/Entry Urgency Tone at Keypad"
changed to "Disable Entry Urgency Tone at Keypad".
*Do not use on systems with "K
NAPCO Security Systems, Inc.
333 Bayview Avenue, Amityville, New York 11701
For Sales and Repairs, call toll free: (800) 645-9445
For direct line to Technical Service,
call toll free: (800) 645-9440
Internet: http://www.napcosecurity.com
WI 1185 6/03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IMPORTANT NOTE ................................................................................................................................2
CHANGES FROM PREVIOUS EDITION ...............................................................................................2
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING OPTIONS .................................................................................................. 4
Introduction ....................................................................................................................................4
Downloading From a Computer ....................................................................................................4
EASY MENU DRIVEN PROGRAM MODE ............................................................................................ 5
Dealer Program - Preliminary Information .................................................................................... 5
Accessing Dealer Program Mode ..................................................................................................5
Customizing a Default Program ....................................................................................................5
GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD Easy Program Menu ..............................................6
Total Number of Zones in Area 1 .................................................................................6
Total Number of Zones in Area 2 .................................................................................6
Fire Zones in Area 1 ...................................................................................................... 6
2-Wire Fire Zones in Area 1 ..........................................................................................6
Local or Central Station Reporting System .................................................................. 6
Exit/Entry Zones in Area 1 ............................................................................................6
Interior Zones in Area 1 ................................................................................................6
24 Hour Zones in Area 1 ...............................................................................................7
Chime Zones in Area 1 .................................................................................................7
Chime 2 Zones in Area 1 ..............................................................................................7
Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1 ..........................................................................................7
50mS Loop Response Zones .......................................................................................7
Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones .........................................................................7
Sensor Watch Zones ....................................................................................................7
Keypad Sounder on Alarm Zones ................................................................................7
Auto Bypass re-entry Zones ......................................................................................... 7
Enable no EOLR Zones ................................................................................................ 8
Enable Telco Line Fault Test ........................................................................................8
Enable Burg Output Chirp on Keyfob ........................................................................... 8
Enable SIA CP-01 Features .........................................................................................8
Number of Keypads in Area 1 .......................................................................................8
Number of Keypads in Area 2 .......................................................................................8
Central Station Receiver 1 Tel. Number ....................................................................... 8
Easy Programming of Auto download ID #'s and PC Preset Callback Numbers .......9
Central Station Receiver 1 Account Number ...............................................................9
Central Station Receiver 1 Format ...............................................................................9
Enter User Codes .......................................................................................................... 10
RF Transmitter Points ...................................................................................................12
Quick Method ................................................................................................................ 12
Key Fob Transmitters (as Arm/Disarm & Control Devices) .........................................12
Key Fob Transmitters (as Zone Input Devices) ...........................................................13
Enter Zone Descriptions ...............................................................................................13
Enter Date .....................................................................................................................13
Enter Time .....................................................................................................................13
Dealer Code ..................................................................................................................13
Exit Dealer Program Mode ...........................................................................................13
Clear Dealer Program ...................................................................................................13
Cold Start .......................................................................................................................13
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL and GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD Easy
Program Menu 14
Total Number of Zones in Area 1 .................................................................................14
Total Number of Zones in Area 2 .................................................................................14
Fire Zones in Area 1 ...................................................................................................... 14
2-Wire Fire Zones in Area 1 ..........................................................................................14
Local or Central Station Reporting System .................................................................. 14
Exit/Entry Zones in Area 1 ............................................................................................14
Interior Zones in Area 1 ................................................................................................15
24 Hour Zones in Area 1 ...............................................................................................15
Chime Zones in Area 1 .................................................................................................15
Chime 2 Zones in Area 1 ..............................................................................................15
Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1 ..........................................................................................15
50mS Loop Response Zones .......................................................................................15
Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones .........................................................................15
Sensor Watch Zones ....................................................................................................15
Keypad Sounder on Alarm Zones ................................................................................16
Auto Bypass re-entry Zones ......................................................................................... 16
Enable no EOLR Zones ................................................................................................ 16
Enable Telco Line Fault Test ........................................................................................16
Enable Burg Output Chirp on Keyfob ........................................................................... 16
Enable SIA CP-01 Features .........................................................................................16
Number of Keypads in Area 1 .......................................................................................16
Number of Keypads in Area 2 .......................................................................................16
Central Station Receiver 1 Tel. Number ....................................................................... 17
Central Station Receiver 1 Account Number ...............................................................17
Central Station Receiver 1 Format ...............................................................................17
Enter User Codes .......................................................................................................... 18
RF Transmitter Points ...................................................................................................20
Quick Method ................................................................................................................ 20
Page 3
Key Fob Transmitters (as Arm/Disarm & Control Devices) .........................................20
Key Fob Transmitters (as Zone Input Devices) ........................................................... 21
Enter Zone Descriptions ............................................................................................... 21
Enter Date .....................................................................................................................21
Enter Time .....................................................................................................................21
Dealer Code ..................................................................................................................21
Exit Dealer Program Mode ........................................................................................... 21
Clear Dealer Program ................................................................................................... 21
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE ..................................................................................................22
PROGRAMMING OPTIONS & WORKSHEETS .....................................................................................27
USER PROGRAM MODE ........................................................................................................................ 64
KEYPAD CONFIGURATION MODE .......................................................................................................66
ALPHABETICAL INDEX ..........................................................................................................................67
ADDRESS NUMBER LOCATION INDEX ...............................................................................................72
GEM-P9600 WIRING DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................. 76
Cold Start ...................................................................................................................... 21
Keypad Programming Overview .....................................................................................................22
Accessing Direct Address Program Mode ......................................................................................22
Keypad Address Program Mode Display ........................................................................................23
Direct Address Program Mode Keypad Commands ...................................................................... 23
Conventions Used in this Manual ...................................................................................................25
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS (ADDRESS 0000-0002, 2402, 2406, 2414 & 3902) ................. 27
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS (ADDRESS 2407, 2408 & 4088) .............................................. 27
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS (ADDRESS 2400, 2401, 2403-2405, 4082 & 4083) ................. 28
KEYPAD SYSTEM CODES (ADDRESS 0490, 0495 & 0500) ....................................................... 28
CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS (ADDRESS 0520, 0521, 0525, 0526, 0550, 0551,
0575 & 0576) ........................................................................................................................29
CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS (ADDRESS 0527-0546, 0552-0571, 0577-0596) .......30
DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS (ADDRESS 4089, 0600-0619, 0625-0647, 1022 &
1023) .....................................................................................................................................30
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS (ADDRESS 0650-0787) ............................................................ 31
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS (ADDRESS 0790-0857) ............................................................32
CS REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 0859-0907) ........................................................................32
CS REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 0870-0904) ........................................................................33
CS AREA & SYSTEM REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1024-1027) ......................................33
CS ZONE REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 0910-1005) .............................................................34
CS USER REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 1030-1055) .............................................................35
CS USER REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 1056-1081) .............................................................36
GLOBAL SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1082-1116) ........................ 37
AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1120-1157) .............................38
AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1160-1197) .............................39
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-16 (ADDRESS 1200-1386) ..............................................................40
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 17-32 (ADDRESS 1402-1586) ............................................................ 41
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 33-48 (ADDRESS 1602-1786) ............................................................ 42
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 49-64 (ADDRESS 1802-1986) ............................................................ 43
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 65-80 (ADDRESS 2002-2186) ............................................................ 44
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 81-96 (ADDRESS 2202-2386) ............................................................45
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-96 (ADDRESS 1200-2386) ..............................................................46
SYSTEM OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2415-2419) ..................................................................................48
SYSTEM OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2420-2422, 3874 & 3879-3881) .................................................49
ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 3879-3881) ..............................................50
SYSTEM OPTIONS (ADDRESS 3882-3901, 3903-3905 & 4084) .................................................50
KEYPAD OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2425-2454) ..................................................................................51
USER AREA OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2500-2595) ...........................................................................52
EZM GROUP OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2600-2621) ..........................................................................53
AREA ARMING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2650-2657) .......................................................................54
REMOTE ACCESS LOGGING (ADDRESS 3184) .......................................................................... 54
AREA OUTPUT CONTROL OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2700-2739) ...................................................55
RF RECEIVERS & SUPERVISORY TIMER OPTIONS (ADDRESS 3776 & 3760-3775) .............56
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 1-39 (ADDRESS 3778-3816 & 2800-2955) ..............57
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 40-78 (ADDRESS 3817-3855 & 2856-3111) ............58
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 79-96 (ADDRESS 3856-3873 & 3112-3183) ............59
NUMBER OF RELAY BOARD MODULES (ADDRESS 3777) .......................................................62
SYSTEM RESET OPTIONS (ADDRESS 4091-4093) .................................................................... 63
Preliminary Information ...................................................................................................................64
Accessing User Program Mode ......................................................................................................64
User Codes ......................................................................................................................................65
Configuring the Keypads ................................................................................................................. 66
!
Refer to accompanying GEM-P9600 Installation Instructions (WI742) for installation information.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 4
!
WI 1185 6/03
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
INTRODUCTION
The GEM-P9600 control panel may be programmed by various means, each of which will be covered in detail in the sections that follow. Keypad displays shown are for a GEM-K2AS, the GEM-K3DGTL, and the GEM-K4/GEM-K4RF series. With the GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS keypads, because of their reduced display capabilities, messages are abbreviated and will scroll through two or more screens. Zone descriptions cannot be programmed using GEM-K2AS/GEM-RP2ASe2, GEM-K3DGTL/ GEM-RP3DGTL, nor a GEM-K4RF/RP4RFC series keypad, therefore a GEM-RP1CAe2 or GEM-K1CA keypad must be used.
Downloading From a Computer. This is the preferred method of programming. The panel may be downloaded
!
from (or uploaded to) an IBM PC-compatible computer, either locally or remotely. Napco's PCD-Windows Quickloader software features context-sensitive help screens as well as an error-checking utility that prevents programming of incompatible or conflicting data to ensure proper panel operation. Note: Unattended download­ing from a computer is not allowed for Fire Alarm or UL installations. Easy Menu-Driven Program (Dealer Program) Mode - Keypad Programming. The Easy Menu-Driven
!
Program Mode allows keypad programming of number of zones in area 1 and 2, panel zone doubling, number of fire zones (both 4-wire and 2-wire), local or Central Station reporting, number of exit/entry zones, number of inte­rior zones, number of 24 hour zones, number of chime zones, Chime 2 zones, Exit/Entry2 zones, 50ms loop re­sponse zones ( zones, sensor watch zones, keypad sounder on alarm zones, auto bypass re-entry zones, EOLR zones, number of keypads in area 1 and 2, Central Station telephone number, Central Station account number, Central Station re­ceiver format, User Codes, RF transmitter points, RF keyfob transmitters, zone descriptions, dealer code, Telco line fault test, Burg output chirp on keyfob, enable CP-01, and clear dealer program/cold start. For new panels, a custom default program may be created at the keypad. A menu-driven utility prompts the installer to configure the system. Further detailed customization is accomplished in the Direct Address Program Mode.
!
Direct Address (Dealer Program) Program Mode - Keypad Programming.
is an extension of the Dealer Program Mode wherein data is entered at the keypad by specific location. This mode is accessed from the Easy Menu Driven Program Mode by pressing the
User Program Mode - Keypad programming. The User Program Mode is intended for authorized users and is
!
limited to keypad programming of User Codes, Time, Date and Zone Descriptions.
DOWNLOADING FROM A COMPUTER
The control-panel program may be downloaded from the computer by any of the following methods.
Local Downloading
(Note: This procedure should be used after installation, after peripheral devices are connected). For direct high-speed data transfer to the control panel from a desktop computer, connect the download jack (JP2) on the panel to the LOCAL jack (J3) on the Napco PCI2000/3000 computer interface using the supplied 6­conductor cable. (Refer to PCI2000/3000 Installation Instructions WI443 for wiring diagram and procedures).
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING OPTIONS
Similarly, a high-speed local download may be made in the field using a notebook or laptop computer. Connect JP2 on the control panel to a Napco PCI-MINI computer interface using the 6-conductor cable supplied. (Refer to PCI-MINI Installation Instructions WI767).
Remote Downloading
(Also see PCI2000/3000 Installation Instructions WI443).
Function Mode.
Start by establishing a telco connection between the computer operator and the installer. During this procedure, voice contact will be lost, therefore both the installer and the computer operator should be familiar with the operation. When a steady high-pitched tone is heard at the site phone, access the “ACTIVATE DOWNLOAD” Function
(see Keypad Programming Modes), then press the
up the phone and wait for a call from the central station confirming a successful download.
Callback Method.
An installed, unattended panel may be programmed or reprogrammed remotely using the Callback-Method Download feature of the PCD Windows software. Remote downloading requires a modem compatible with the PCI2000/3000. Upon answering the call from the computer, the panel will verify the Download Security Code and, if confirmed, will establish a connection. If a Callback Number is programmed into the panel, the panel will automatically disconnect and call the computer at this number before establishing a connection.
Note: 750mS is required for Loop Response time in UL installations)
C
button or the YES button; the site phone will go dead. Hang
U
, aux output activated on alarm
The Direct Address Program Mode
button at any time.
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 5
EASY MENU DRIVEN PROGRAM MODE
DEALER PROGRAM - PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
Only Keypad #1 may be used for both Dealer and User programming, however this keypad may be located in any area.
! !
The Master Security Code is printed on the panel’s microprocessor can. Use this code to enter the Dealer Program Mode to program a custom Dealer Security Code. Record the number, then remove the code label to prevent unauthorized access to the panel. If you forget your Dealer Security Code, use the Master Security Code to enter programming.
After entering codes or data, press the save U button.
!
If the keypad is in the Program Mode and no activity is detected for longer than 4 minutes, a steady tone will sound.
! !
Silence the sounder by the G button to continue, or by pressing the C button to exit.
!
A panel that has been COLD STARTED (Address Location 4093) performs identically to a new panel.
When programming a Multiple Area System, Direct Address Programming Mode must be used to complete the program.
!
KEYPAD #1:
For ease of programming, it is recommended that a GEM-RP1CAe2 or GEM-K1CA be used as Keypad #1.
Data will not be stored into memory unless U is pressed
(Regardless of which keypad is selected, all new keypads are configured as Keypad #1 out of the box). If a GEM-RP2ASe2/ GEM-K2AS is used, configure address jumpers as Keypad #1 (see Configuring the GEM-RP2ASe2 Keypad, page 64).
ACCESSING DEALER PROGRAM MODE
.
!
EASY MENU DRIVEN PROGRAM MODE
1. Press
EEEEEE
Master Security Code
(on microshield)
R
GEM-P3200
GEM-P9600
R
MASTER SECURITY CODE
# - # - # - # - # - #
CONTROL
COMMUNCIATOR
2. Press "PRIOR/NO" button until “TURNON PROG Y/N” (GEM-RP2ASe2/ GEM-K2AS) or 17” (GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL or
3. Press "NEXT/YES" button to Enter Dealer Program Mode.
CC
4. Press
GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF) appears on the LCD screen.
to exit Dealer Program Mode when finished.
CUSTOMIZING A DEFAULT PROGRAM
For new panels, you can design a default program that will best suit your application. Using this procedure, you will configure the panel for:
Number of Zones in Area 1
Number of Zones in Area 2
Fire Zones in Area 1
2-Wire Fire Zones in Area 1
Local or Central Station Reporting System
Exit/Entry Zones in Area 1
Interior Zones in Area 1
24 Hour Zones in Area 1
Chime Zones in Area 1
Chime 2 Zones in Area 1
Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1
50mS Loop Response Zones
required for Loop Response time in UL installations).
Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones
Sensor Watch Zones
Keypad Sounder on Alarm Zones
Auto Bypass re-entry Zones
Enable no EOLR Zones
Number of Keypads in Area 1 and 2
Central Station Receiver 1 Tel. Number
Central Station Receiver 1 Account Number
Central Station Receiver 1 Format
Enter User Codes
(Note: 750mS is
RF Transmitter Points
Quick Method
Key Fob Transmitters
Enter Zone Descriptions
Dealer Code
Enable Telco Line Fault Test
Enable Burg Output Chirp on Keyfob
Enable CP-01
Clear Dealer Program
Cold Start
This procedure will automatically set up system keypads, EZMs, wireless transmitters, etc. After your basic default program has been loaded, you may alter it as necessary in the Direct Address Program Mode.
NEW PANELS: The custom default program may be created for new panels only. Once the panel has been programmed by any means, the number zones will be suppressed and cannot be changed. Should it be necessary to create a new custom default program, (a) from the Dealer Program Mode, press the
4091 (Clear Program); (c) press the
L
NAPCO Security Systems
button and start over.
U
button to enter the Direct Address Program Mode; (b) access Location
C
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 6
!
GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS Keypad Easy Program Menu
ARMED
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
GEMINI
SYSTEM ARMED 01/01/97 12:00AM
STATUS
1243
A
56
B
7890
C
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
(Direct Entry)
(Direct Entry)
(Direct Entry)
(Direct Entry)
(Press YES or NO)
(Direct Entry)
(Direct Entry)
D
Enter the Dealer Security Code (default = 456789) for a new panel or enter your custom Dealer Program Code if
ENT A1
ENT A1
programmed. Press the PRIOR/NO button repeatedly until “
NEXT/YES
E
PROG
PRIOR/NO
F
AREA
G
each of the following steps, press R to jump to the next screen, the NEXT/YES button to go forwards, the
R
PRIOR/NO button to go backwards,
Ent A1
#ZnXX
Ent A2
#ZnXX
Ent Fr
Zn#XX
Ent2WF
Zn#XX
Report
all Zn
EntEE1
Zn#XX
EntFol
Zn#XX
”, you can scroll back by pressing
Total Number of Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the total number of zones to be programmed for Area 1.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter the total number of zones, including leading zeros.
The system is based on groups of 4 zones each (after the first 8 zones), and will automatically round up to the next
group of 4. For example, if you enter 18, it will automatically convert this to 20 zones. Press
NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Total Number of Zones in Area 2 (New Program Only)
Enter the total number of zones to be programmed for Area 2.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter the total number of zones, including leading zeros.
The system is based on groups of 4 zones each (after the first 8 zones), and will automatically round up to the next
group of 4. For example, if you enter 18, it will automatically convert this to 20 zones. Press
NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Fire Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone number of any Fire Zones (including 2-wire, 4-wire or wireless).
Valid entries are from 01 to 96.
Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros, and press U to save, and then repeat for any additional
zone(s). Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
2-Wire Fire Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone number of any Fire Zone (from previous question) to be used with 2-wire smoke detectors.
Valid entries are 07 and 08. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save, and repeat for any additional zone(s); press NEXT to proceed.
NOTE: Only zones which have been designated as Fire Zones can be programmed as 2 Wire Fire zones. JP3 must be set to “2-WF” position for 2-wire fire. (refer to Installation Instructions).
Local or Central Station Reporting System (New Program Only)
Press the NEXT/YES button for all zones to report; press the PRIOR/NO button for local system.
Y/N
Exit/Entry Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be used as Exit/Entry zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and repeat for any additional zone(s); press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: Exit/Entry Entry time of 30 seconds will automatically be programmed.
Interior Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone numbers to be used as Interior Zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s).
Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
All Interior zones will also be automatically programmed as “Exit/Entry Follower” and as "Power Up Delay" zones.
TURNON/PROG
B. Press the NEXT/YES button to enter the Dealer Program Mode. In
to save and C twice to exit at any time.
U
WI 1185 6/03
” is displayed. NOTE: If you pass “
U
to save. Press the
U
to save. Press the
TURNON/
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Ent24H
(Direct Entry)
EntCZ1
(Direct Entry)
EntCZ2
(Direct Entry)
EntEE2
(Direct Entry)
Ent50m
(Direct Entry)
EntAux
(Direct Entry)
Ent SW
(Direct Entry)
EntKPS
(Direct Entry)
EntAUB
(Direct Entry)
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Zn#XX
Page 7
!
24 Hour Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be used as 24 Hour zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and repeat for any additional zone(s); press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: 24 Hour Zones will automatically be programmed as audible (Burg Output).
Chime Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone numbers which are to be used as Chime Zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A chime time of 2 seconds will be automatically programmed.
Chime 2 Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone numbers which are to be used as Chime 2 Zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A chime time of 2 seconds will be automatically programmed. Chime 2 zones give a distinct pulsating tone when zone is faulted.
Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be used as Exit/Entry zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: An Exit/Entry 2 Entry Time of 30 seconds will automatically be programmed.
50 mS Loop Response Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to have a 50mS loop response.
Valid entries are from 01 to 08. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed. Note: Only panel
zones 01-08 can be programmed for Quick Loop Response. All other zones can be programmed via their respective EZM's (hardwire).
Note: 750mS is required for Loop Response time in UL installations.
Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to activate the Aux Output upon alarm.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s); press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: An Aux Output Timeout of 15 minutes will automatically be programmed.
Sensor Watch Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be Sensor Watch zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A Sensor Watch Time of 24 hours will automatically be programmed.
Keypad Sounder On Alarm Zones
Enter the zone numbers of all zones to activate the Keypad Sounder upon alarm.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be Auto Bypass Re-entry zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones allow the system to be armed with the zone faulted but come back into the system (armed)
when the zone is subsequently closed.
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(Not evaluated by UL)
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
!
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
Page 8
EnNEOL
(Press YES or NO)
Ln Flt
(Press YES or NO)
KF Out
(Press YES or NO)
Enable
(Press YES or NO)
Ent A1
#KP 01
(Direct Entry)
Ent A2
#KP 01
(Direct Entry)
Phone#
(Direct Entry)
Y/N
Telco
Y/N
Chirp
Y/N
CP01?
Y/N
______
______
Enable No EOLR Zones
Press YES to program all zones except 24 Hr & fire zones for No End Of Line Resistor. Press NO to continue.
Do not program this feature for UL Installations.
(New Program Only)
WI 1185 6/03
Enable Telco Line Fault Test?
Press YES to enable Telco Line Fault Test.
Press NO to continue. NOTE: If enabled, a Telco Line Fault Test Delay of 60 sec. will automatically be programmed.
Enable Burg Output Chirp on KeyFob?
Press the NEXT/YES button to enable Burg Output Chirp on KeyFob Arm / Disarm.
Press the PRIOR/NO button to continue.
NOTE: The Burg Output will chirp once on Keyfob Arm and twice on Keyfob Disarm.
Enable SIA CP-01 Features?
Press the NEXT/YES button to enable.
Press the PRIOR/NO button to continue.
The SIA CP-01 Features are designed to reduce the incidence of false alarms. otherwise system trouble Fail to Communicate may occur.
NOTE:
Do not enable unless reporting,
Number of Keypads in Area 1
Enter the total number of Keypads to be installed in Area 1.
Valid entries are from 01 to 15. Directly enter the number of keypads, including leading zeros.
U
Press
to save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Number of Keypads in Area 2
Enter the total number of Keypads to be installed in Area 2.
Valid entries are from 01 to 15. Directly enter the number of keypads, including leading zeros.
U
Press
to save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Central Station Receiver 1 Telephone Number
Enter telephone number of up to 16 digits.
1
Press
Press
Pre-Dial Delay = “D” (
Press U to save and press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
through
G 1
NOTE: Central Station Receiver 2 and 3 Telephone Numbers must be entered in Direct Address Program-
9
for digits 1–9;
through
G 5
G 4
G 0
for letters B–F, respectively.
); Dial-Tone Detection = “E” (
ming. See CS Receiver Options.
for a zero and
G 5
0
).
for a blank (•).
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 9
!
Easy Programming of Auto download ID #'s and PC Preset Callback Numbers
(GEM-RP1CAe2 only) For unattended PC Preset downloading, it is now possible to set the Auto download ID #’s and PC Preset Callback from the Keypad Easy Program Mode.
At the field for CENTRAL PHONE #, program an "F" followed by the Auto Download ID # (2 digits) and then the
Callback Telco # (up to 13 digits). Press U to save.
Exit Program Mode (CC).
Enter Master Code
Press R
Go to Function "ACTIVATE DOWNLOAD Y/N" and press YES (P).
The panel will automatically call the PC Preset computer and download the program on the specified Auto
Download line # of PC Preset.
CENTRAL PHONE # F0715168429400
Go to Central Phone # input screen and press: [*] [5] [0] [7] [1] [5] [1] [6] [8] [4] [2] [9] [4] [0] [0] [ON/OFF]
Acc #
(____)
(Direct Entry)
RecFmt
( )
(Direct Entry)
Central Station Receiver 1 Account Number
Enter an account number of up to four digits.
Press
0
Press U to save and press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: Central Station Receiver 2 and 3 Account Numbers must be entered in Direct Address Programming. See CS Reporting Options.
Central Station Receiver 1 Format
From the table at the right enter the receiver format.
Press
0
Press
G1
Press U to save and press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Example: Program an Auto download ID # of 07 and a PC Preset Callback # of 1-516-842-9400
through
through
through
for digits 0–9, and
9
, and
9
G0
G4
G 0
for blank (•).
for letters B–E.
for a blank (•).
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
DATA
ENTRY
blank(•) Ademco Slow, Silent Knight Slow
1 Sescoa, Vertex, DCI, Franklin
2 Radionics Fast
3 Silent Knight Fast
4 Radionics, DCI, Franklin Slow
5 Universal High Speed
8 Radionics BFSK
L
CS RECEIVER 1 FORMAT
Fast
NAPCO Security Systems
DATA
ENTRY
CS RECEIVER 1 FORMAT
9 FBI 4/3/1
0 Radionics Modem 2
B SIA
C Ademco Point ID
D Ademco Express
E Pager
NOTE: Modem IIe is available only in Direct
Address Programming. Central Station Receiver 2 and 3 Formats can only be entered in Direct Address Programming. See CS Receiver Options.
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 10
!
User01
______
button to set cursor.)
Enter User Codes
(Press the
R
Enter up to 96 User Codes with User Options, Authority Level and Access Control Options (if necessary) for each code. Refer to the tables below and on the next page for available
WI 1185 6/03
data entries for User Options, Authority Level and Access Control Options. Note: All 96
(Direct Entry)
Users must be assigned to areas in “Enable User Code by Area” (Address 2500-2595) in Direct Address Programming. By default, only User 1 is enabled in Area 1 and Area 2.
OPT__
(Direct Entry)
ACC __
(Direct Entry)
User 2 - 8 are enabled in Area 1 and user 9 - 16 are enabled in Area 2.
!
Press the
1
through
boxes from left to right for each user code. Valid entries are: 0-9.
button to set the cursor to the User Code. Use the number buttons
R
9
to enter a code from 3 to 6 digits. Enter up to 6 digits in the first six
Note:
Press the
button for a zero. No blank spaces in between; leave blank (•) any trailing boxes. If an “Ambush Code” (Address 0495) is entered, do not program the first two digits of ANY User Code as the same digits entered for the “Ambush Code”.
!
If the programmed code is less than 6 digits, press the R button to set the cursor to the OPTION/LEVEL.
Refer to the tables below for the available User Option and User Level data entries. Enter the user options data in
!
the left digit. Enter the level data (with arming options, if any, added) in the right digit. Note: For entries greater than 9, press the
G1 buttons through the G5 buttons for B through F, respectively.
0
!
For Keypad Access Control, press the below, use the number buttons to enter the data for Keypad 1–4 in the right digit; and the data for Keypad 5–8 data
in the left digit. (Press the
Example: Enter a code of “123456” as “123456” (from left to right).
USER OPTIONS
DATA
BLOCKED
ENTRIES
blank (•)
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
VIEW
1 Y
2 Y
3 Y Y
4 Y
5 Y Y
6 Y Y
7 Y Y Y
8 Y
9 Y Y
0 Y Y
B Y Y Y
C Y Y
D Y Y Y
E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
Note:
USER
PROGRAM
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
BYPASS OVERVIEW
DISABLED
R
button once again to program applicable keypads. Refer to the tables
0
buttons for blank).
USER OPTIONS
USER CODE
(UP TO 6 DIGITS)
DATA
ENTRIES
AUTHORITY
LEVEL
blank (•) NONE ARM/DISARM
1 LEVEL 1 ARM/DISARM
2 LEVEL 2 ARM/DISARM
3 LEVEL 3 ARM/DISARM
4 NONE ARM ONL Y
5 LEVEL 1 ARM ONL Y
6 LEVEL 2 ARM ONL Y
7 LEVEL 3 ARM ONL Y
8 NONE SERVICE
9 LEVEL 1 SERVICE
0 LEVEL 2 SERVICE
B LEVEL 3 SERVICE
USER
OPTION
CODE
TYPE
USER
LEVEL
ENTRIES
blank (•)
Note:
DATA
ACCESS CONTROL
KEYPADS
ACCESS CONTROL KEYPADS
K.P. 5 K.P. 6 K.P. 7 K.P. 8
NONE
1 Y
2 Y
3 Y Y
4 Y
5 Y Y
6 Y Y
7 Y Y Y
8 Y
9 Y Y
0 Y Y
B Y Y Y
C Y Y
D Y Y Y
E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
ACCESS CONTROL KEYPADS
DATA
ENTRIES
K.P. 1 K.P. 2 K.P. 3 K.P. 4
blank (•)
1 Y
2 Y
3 Y Y
4 Y
5 Y Y
6 Y Y
7 Y Y Y
8 Y
9 Y Y
0 Y Y
B Y Y Y
C Y Y
D Y Y Y
E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
Note:
NONE
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
USER AUTHORITY LEVEL
KEYPAD DISPLAY FUNCTION MENU
FUNCTION LEVEL*
DISPLAY ZN FAUL TS
DISPLAY ZN BYPASSED
DISPLAY ZN DIRECTORY
ACTIVATE BELL TEST
DISPLAY PHONE #’S
DISPLAY SYS TRBL
DISPLAY FIRE ALARM
DISPLAY FIRE TRBL
DISPLAY OP/CL
ACTIVATE OVERVIEW
ACTIVATE CHIME
ACTIVATE WATCH
RESET SYSTEM TRBL
RESET SENSOR MSG
START EXIT TIME
FAULT FIND
ACTIVATE LOCATE
EZM ZONE FIND
ACTIVATE DIALER TEST
DISPLAY ALARM LOG
DISPLAY TOTAL LOG
DISPLAY FIRE LOG
DISPLAY OP/CL LOG
DISPLAY SYSTEM LOG
AUTOARM IN 1-4HRS
DISPLAY AUTOARM SCHD
ACTIVATE PROGRAM
ACTIVATE DOWNLOAD
DISPLY RF XMITTER STAT
RELAY CONTROL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3**
1
2
3
3
1
***
***
***
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3**
3
1
1
NOTES:
* Minimum Level required to access function ** Level-3 Code with appropriate user option *** Requires Dealer Code
USER OPTIONS
OPTIONS EXPLANATION
Disabled User Code not active in this area.
Blocked View Allows User Code to block another code from being viewed by another user.
User Program User Program Option is enabled for Keypad 1 only, wherever it is connected
Bypass Allows User Code to bypass zones.
Overview This option, along with Level 3 Authorization, enables selection of
Arm Only Prevents User Code from disarming this area.
Service A Service Code has restricted arm/disarm rights; if an area is armed with a
Ambush Allows User Code to send Ambush signal to Central Station.
Access This is normally used to activate a door striker while an area is disarmed. A
Related User Options:
0490), “Dealer Security Code” (Address 0500) & “Enable User Code by Area” (Address 2500-2595).
An unblocked code cannot view a blocked code, but a blocked code can view all codes. The master user code and the dealer program code can view all codes.
(any area). If enabled, Level 3 must also be enabled.
OVERVIEW mode at a keypad. This Mode provides a system status display of all areas at a glance.
Service Code, a “ on the GEM-RP1CAe2 keypad) and the area can be disarmed with any valid
User Code, including a Service Code. If the area is armed with OTHER than a Service Code, it CANNOT be disarmed with a Service Code. This is typically used to allow tradesmen access to premises under control of the owner.
code with the access option will not function as an arm/disarm code. When the code is entered, the keypad will display “ Wire on the keypad will become Active Low (Ground Potential) for 7 seconds.
SERVICE ON
” appears on the GEM-RP2ASe2 keypad (a “S”
ENTER NOW
” and the Brown
“Ambush Code” (Address 0495), “Panel Access Code” (Address
Page 11
!
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
Example:
Program a code of “2222” for user 02, with User Option of “User Program”, User “Level 3” and Access Control Option
“Keypad No. 1”. Enter “2222” for a user code, “2 3” for user option and “blank(•) 1” for access control option.
CHANGING OR CANCELING A CODE: To change any code, merely program over the existing code as described above and press
U
to save. Similarly, to cancel a code, blank out each number of the code and press U
to save to
save.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 12
!
(Direct Entry)
(Direct Entry)
G5
Zn# 01
000000
:0 Pt
.
RF Transmitter Points (Press
For each transmitter enter: (For wireless systems only. Also see Quick Method, which follows)
The zone number (01–96) to which the transmitter will be mapped.
The 6-digit RF ID # and 1-digit checksum number printed on the transmitter and box,
The
point number
Press U to save and NEXT/YES button to proceed when all transmitters have been entered.
NOTE: When programming the ID Code number, “0” through ”9” =
G1
B =
(1–2); enter “9” for unsupervised (all points).
G2
; C =
ZN# XMIT#+CS P Zn01- 000000:0-0
ZN# XMIT#+CS P ZN01- ENROLL:A--
Quick Method.
grammed automatically (“enrolled”) using the following procedure. rolled only if the signal strength is 3 or greater.
1. Enter the zone number to which the transmitter point will be mapped.
2. Press
3. Open the loop of the point that is to be programmed (GEM-TRANS2 only).
4. Install the transmitter battery. The keypad will beep to indicate that the point has been successfully enrolled.
B
display as shown at left.
Multi-point transmitters can be mapped to successive zones simultaneously.
If a receiver is already installed in the panel, transmitter wireless points can be pro-
to enter the Enroll Mode. The red and green LEDs on the keypad will flash and the window will
Example. A 2-point transmitter has the RF ID number 287613:1. Map point 1 to Zone 6 and point 2 to Zone 9.
1. Enter the Enroll mode as described above.
2. Enter Zone “06”.
3. Open point-1 loop.
4. Install the battery. The keypad will beep once to indicate that one point has been programmed. (Transmitter 287613:1, point 1 will be mapped
R to set cursor.)
G3
; D =
to Zone 6).
5. Enter Zone “09”.
6. Close point-1 loop and open point-2 loop.
7. Remove the transmitter battery, then re-install it. The keypad will beep once to indicate that one point has been programmed. (Transmitter 287613:1, point 2 is mapped to Zone 9).
0
G4
; E =
through
NOTE:
WI 1185 6/03
9
The transmitter point will be en-
G0
; A =
and “F” =
;
KEY FOB ZONE ASSIGNMENT: Key fobs can also be assigned to zones to allow multiple wireless panic buttons on one alarm system, each reporting to a central station, a pager or having a description on the keypad that describes the person holding the key fob, the location where the person holding the key fob is stationed, or the special purpose of the key fob button being depressed. See the next page on Key Fob Transmitters as Zone Input Devices .
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
KFob01
Area
(Direct Entry)
000000
(Direct Entry)
:0 0 0
(Direct Entry)
Key Fob Transmitters as Arm/Disarm & Control Devices (Press
Key fobs can be programmed as “Arm/Disarm” devices using their On/Off buttons (refer to WI752). For each
Key Fob Transmitter, enter:
The Key Fob Transmitter number (01–16).
The area number to which transmitter is assigned (0 to disable keyfob, 1 or 2).
The 6-digit RF ID # and 1-digit checksum number printed on the transmitter and box,
The
Aux 1 Option
The Aux 2 Option (see key fob aux 1 & aux 2 options).
Press U to save and NEXT/YES button to proceed when all key fobs have been entered.
NOTE: When programming the ID Code number, “0” through ”9” =
G1
B =
G2
C =
(see key fob aux 1 & aux 2 options).
;
G3
; D =
G4
; E =
0
and “F” =
through
to set cursor).
R
9
G5
G0
; A =
.
;
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Key Fob Transmitters as Zone Input Devices
(Refer to display above: press the PRIOR button to go backwards).
Each of the 4 key fob buttons can be assigned to a zone. For example, On button = point 1; Off button = point 2; A1 = point 3; A2 = point 4. Up to 96 key fobs (using 1 button) or 48 key fobs (using 2 buttons) or 28 key fobs (using all 4 buttons) or any combination up to a maximum of 96 controlled zones can be assigned, providing multiple wireless panic buttons on a system, each reporting to a Central Station or a pager and/or annunciating on a keypad the key fob zone number with a description. To assign a key fob to a zone: program the key fob as you would a transmitter, entering the key fob's ID code, check sum and point number at the appropriate zone. The “Quick Method” is not allowed. The zone may be hardwired to an electrical sensor as well as as­signed to a key fob (either one will activate the zone alarm output). “ON/OFF” buttons on the key fob will no longer arm/disarm the system. The key fob is converted to a “panic only” device.
If assigning a key fob to a zone, the
NOTE:
Page 13
DATA
ENTRY
AUX 1/AUX 2 OPTIONS
0 None 1 Relay Group 1 Toggle
2 Relay Group 2 Toggle
3 Relay Group 3 Toggle
4 Relay Group 4 Toggle 5 Relay Group 5 Toggle
6 Relay Group 6 Toggle
7 Relay Group 7 Toggle
8 Relay Group 8 Toggle 9 Panic
A Auxiliary B Instant
C Aux. Output Toggle
D Access on Aux. Output
E Arm STAY F Interior Bypass
!
GEM-RP2ASE2/GEM-K2AS KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
ZONE DESCRIPTIONS:
GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS cannot be used to enter Zone Descriptions. To enter Zone Descriptions, you
must use the GEM-RP1CAe2/GEM-K1CA Keypad (See WI777) or the PCD-Windows Quickloader Software.
Enter Date ( / / )
(Direct Entry)
Enter Time ( : )
(Direct Entry)
Dealer Code 456789
DEALER CODE RE-ENTER
EXIT DEALER PROGRAM MODE:
Enter Date
Enter the current date in the format MM/DD/YY. (MM = month, DD = day and YY = year.
Press U to save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Enter Time (Press
Enter the current time in format HH:MMA/P, where HH=hours (01–12); MM=minutes (00–59).
Select AM or PM by pressing any number button.
Press U to save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Dealer Code
Directly enter the Dealer Code (default = 456789), using
Press U to save.
Re-enter the Dealer Code to verify the previous code.
Press U to save.
Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
This completes the custom default program. Press
(Press
to set cursor).
R
R to set cursor.)
0
through
to enter the Direct Address Program
C
9
buttons.
Mode for further programming or press C once again to end all programming and resume normal keypad operation.
CLEAR PROGRAM:
Should it be necessary to create a new custom default program, (a) from the Dealer Program Mode, press
the Address Program Mode; (b) access Location 4091 (Clear Program) or 1093 (Cold Start); (c) press
SYSTEM TROUBLE/E09-00 SERVICE
. Data entry is not allowed. NOTE: Enter Easy Menu Driven Program Mode
U
. Data entry is not allowed. NOTE: Some features (schedules) can only be pro-
U
X
4091 XX H
4093 XX H
L
NAPCO Security Systems
Dealer Program Mode. A “
Clear Dealer Program (Erases Dealer Program)
Use this feature to erase the Panel Program, while maintaining Scheduled Data and Zone Descriptions. Ac cess
address 4091 and press
to reprogram system.
Cold Start (Erases Entire Program)
This erases all programmed data (Dealer Program, Zone Description Data and Schedules). Access ad-
dress 4093 and press
grammed again with the Downloading Software.
C
to enter
and then (d) press
U
” will occur. Press
C
to silence the keypad.
C
to exit the
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
Page 14
!
WI 1185 6/03
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL and GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF Keypad Easy Program Menu
To enter Dealer Program Mode, see page 5. Once entered, press by pressing
). Press [NEXT] to enter Easy Program Mode. For the GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL (and GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF),
B
questions are in the form of a 2-digit number flashing in the display. Press Press
(before pressing
If the data is incorrect, press
again to scroll through each segment. Press [NEXT] to go to the next question. To review your Easy Program Mode responses
R
to save), press
U
R
until the 2-digit question number flashes in the display again. If the data is correct, press U to save.
R
to set the cursor into the next field and again enter your data. Note: Review your Easy Program Mode re-
sponses after the initial programming of the control, except for questions marked "For New Panel Only". These questions set up the basic struc­ture of the panel program ("Number of Zones in an Area", etc.) and cannot be viewed or altered once set. To exit Dealer Program Mode, press
twice. To return the panel to the factory default, enter the Direct Address Program Mode, go to location 1198 and press U.
C
01
H
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
Flashing
BYPASS
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
CHIME
CHIME
Total Number of Zones in Area 1
Enter the total number of zones to be programmed for Area 1.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter the total number of zones, including leading zeros.
The system is based on groups of 4 zones each (after the first 8 zones), and will automatically round up to
the next group of 4. For example, if you enter 18, it will automatically convert this to 20 zones. Press
save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Total Number of Zones in Area 2 (New Program Only)
Programming Area 2 is identical to Area 1 above.
02
H
04
H
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Fire Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone number of any Fire Zones (including 2-wire, 4-wire or wireless).
Valid entries are from 01 to 96.
Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros, and press U to save, and then repeat for any
additional zone(s). Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
(New Program Only)
2-Wire Fire Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone number of any Fire Zone (from previous question) to be used with 2-wire smoke detectors.
05
H
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
Valid entries are 07 and 08. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save, and repeat for any additional zone(s); press NEXT to proceed.
NOTE: Only zones which have been designated as Fire Zones can be programmed as 2 Wire Fire zones. JP3 must be set to “2-WF” position for 2-wire fire. (refer to Installation Instructions).
Local or Central Station Reporting System
Press the NEXT/YES button for all zones to report; press the PRIOR/NO button for local system.
06
H
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
BYPASS
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
CHIME
CHIME
Exit/Entry Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be used as Exit/Entry zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and repeat for any additional zone(s); press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Exit/Entry Entry time of 30 seconds will automatically be programmed.
NOTE:
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
07
H
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
CHIME
, followed by [PRIOR/NO] repeatedly until “17” is displayed (scroll back
R
to set the cursor into the next field to answer the question.
R
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
U
to
(Direct Entry)
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
08
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
BYPASS
H
09
H
10
H
11
H
12
H
13
H
14
H
15
H
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
Page 15
Interior Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone numbers to be used as Interior Zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s).
Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
All Interior zones will also be automatically programmed as “Exit/Entry Follower” and as "Power Up Delay" zones.
(New Program Only)
!
24 Hour Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be used as 24 Hour zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and repeat for any additional zone(s); press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: 24 Hour Zones will automatically be programmed as audible (Burg Output).
Chime Zones in Area 1 (New Program Only)
Enter the zone numbers which are to be used as Chime Zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A chime time of 2 seconds will be automatically programmed.
Chime 2 Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone numbers which are to be used as Chime 2 Zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A chime time of 2 seconds will be automatically programmed. Chime 2 zones give a distinct pulsating tone when zone is faulted.
Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be used as Exit/Entry zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and repeat for any additional zone(s); press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: An Exit/Entry 2 Entry Time of 30 seconds will automatically be programmed.
50 mS Loop Response Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be have a 50mS loop response.
Valid entries are from 01 to 08. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed. Note: Only
panel zones 01-08 can be programmed for Quick Loop Response. All other zones can be programmed via their re­spective EZM's (hardwire).
Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to activate the PGM2 upon alarm.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A PGM2 Timeout of 15 minutes will automatically be programmed.
Sensor Watch Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be Sensor Watch zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
NOTE: A Sensor Watch Time of 24 hours will automatically be programmed.
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
Note: 750mS is required for Loop Response time in UL installations.
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
(Direct Entry)
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 16
!
16
H
17
H
18
19
20
21
22
_ H
23
INTERIOR
BYPASS
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Press YES or NO)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Press YES or NO)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Press YES or NO)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Press YES or NO)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
INTERIOR
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
INTERIOR
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
Keypad Sounder On Alarm Zones
Enter the zone numbers of all zones to activate the Keypad Sounder upon alarm.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones
Enter the zone numbers of zones to be Auto Bypass Re-entry zones.
Valid entries are from 01 to 96. Directly enter each zone number, including leading zeros.
Press U to save and then repeat for any additional zone(s), Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones allow the system to be armed with the zone faulted but come back into the system
(armed) when the zone is subsequently closed.
(New Program Only)
(New Program Only)
(Not evaluated by UL)
WI 1185 6/03
Enable No EOLR Zones (New Program Only)
Press YES to program all zones except 24 Hr & fire zones for No End Of Line Resistor. Press NO to continue.
Do not program this feature for UL Installations.
Enable Telco Line Fault Test?
Press YES to enable Telco Line Fault Test.
Press NO to continue. NOTE: If enabled, a Telco Line Fault Test Delay of 60 sec. will automatically be pro-
grammed.
Enable Burg Output Chirp on KeyFob?
Press the NEXT/YES button to enable Burg Output Chirp on KeyFob Arm / Disarm.
Press the PRIOR/NO button to continue.
The Burg Output will chirp once on Keyfob Arm and twice on Keyfob Disarm.
NOTE:
Enable SIA CP-01 Features?
Press the NEXT/YES button to enable.
Press the PRIOR/NO button to continue.
The SIA CP-01 Features are designed to reduce the incidence of false alarms. NOTE: Do not enable unless
reporting, otherwise system trouble Fail to Communicate may occur.
Number of Keypads in Area 1
Enter the total number of Keypads to be installed in Area 1.
Valid entries are from 01 to 15. Directly enter the number of keypads, including leading zeros.
U
Press
to save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
Number of Keypads in Area 2
Enter the total number of Keypads to be installed in Area 2.
Valid entries are from 01 to 15. Directly enter the number of keypads, including leading zeros.
U
Press
to save. Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
_ H
INTERIOR
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
CHIME
(Direct Entry)
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 17
!
24
_ 3
25
_ 3
26
8
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
CHIME
Central Station Receiver 1 Telephone Number
Enter telephone number of up to 16 digits.
1
Press
Press
Pre-Dial Delay = “D” (
Press U to save and press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
through
G 1
9
for digits 1–9;
through
G 5
G 4
G 0
for letters B–F, respectively.
for a zero and
); Dial-Tone Detection = “E” (
0
G 5
for a blank (•).
).
NOTE: Central Station Receiver 2 and 3 Telephone Numbers must be entered in Direct Address Program-
ming. See CS Receiver Options.
Central Station Receiver 1 Account Number
Enter an account number of up to four digits.
Press
Press U to save and press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
0
through
for digits 0–9, and
9
G 0
for a blank (•).
NOTE: Central Station Receiver 2 and 3 Account Numbers must be entered in Direct Address Program-
ming. See CS Reporting Options.
Central Station Receiver 1 Format
From the table at the right enter the receiver format.
Press
Press
Press U to save and press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
through
0
G1
9
through
, and
G0
G4
for blank (•).
for letters B–E.
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
DATA
ENTRY
blank(•) Ademco Slow, Silent Knight Slow
1 Sescoa, Vertex, DCI, Franklin
2 Radionics Fast
3 Silent Knight Fast
4 Radionics, DCI, Franklin Slow
5 Universal High Speed
8 Radionics BFSK
CS RECEIVER 1 FORMAT
Fast
DATA
ENTRY
9 FBI 4/3/1
0 Radionics Modem 2
B SIA
C Ademco Point ID
D Ademco Express
E Pager
CS RECEIVER 1 FORMAT
NOTE:
Modem IIe is available only in Direct Address Programming. Central Station Receiver 2 and 3 Formats can only be entered in Direct Address Programming. See CS Receiver Options.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 18
!
27
INTERIOR
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
CHIME
Enter User Codes
Enter up to 96 User Codes with User Options, Authority Level and Access Control
(Press the
button to set cursor.)
R
Options (if necessary) for each code. Refer to the tables below and on the next page
WI 1185 6/03
for available data entries for User Options, Authority Level and Access Control
INTERIOR
(Direct Entry)
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
BYPASS
Options. Note: All 96 Users must be assigned to areas in “Enable User Code by Area” (Address 2500-2595) in Direct Address Programming. By default, only User 1 is enabled in Area 1 and Area 2. User 2 - 8 are enabled in Area 1 and user 9 - 16 are enabled in Area 2.
!
Press the R button to set the cursor to the User Code. Use the number
buttons
1 through 9 to enter a code from 3 to 6 digits. Enter up to 6 digits
(4 digits is recommended) in the first six boxes from left to right for each user code.
Valid entries are: 0-9. Note: Press the
0
button for a zero. No blank spaces in between; leave blank (•) any trailing
boxes. If an “Ambush Code” (Address 0495) is entered, do not program the first two digits of ANY User Code as the same digits entered for the “Ambush Code”.
!
If the programmed code is less than 6 digits, press the
!
Refer to the tables below for the available User Option and User Level data entries. Enter the user options data in
R
button to set the cursor to the OPTION/LEVEL.
the left digit. Enter the level data (with arming options, if any, added) in the right digit. Note: For entries greater than 9, press the
!
For Keypad Access Control, press the R button once again to program applicable keypads. Refer to the tables
G1 buttons through the G5 buttons for B through F, respectively.
below, use the number buttons to enter the data for Keypad 1–4 in the right digit; and the data for Keypad 5–8 data in the left digit. (Press the
buttons for blank).
0
Example: Enter a code of “123456” as “123456” (from left to right).
USER OPTIONS
DATA
BLOCKED
ENTRIES
blank (•)
VIEW
1 Y
2 Y
3 Y Y
4 Y
5 Y Y
6 Y Y
7 Y Y Y
8 Y
9 Y Y
0 Y Y
B Y Y Y
C Y Y
D Y Y Y
E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
Note:
USER
PROGRAM
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
BYPASS OVERVIEW
DISABLED
USER OPTIONS
USER CODE
(UP TO 6 DIGITS)
DATA
ENTRIES
AUTHORITY
LEVEL
blank (•) NONE ARM/DISARM
1 LEVEL 1 ARM/DISARM
2 LEVEL 2 ARM/DISARM
3 LEVEL 3 ARM/DISARM
4 NONE ARM ONL Y
5 LEVEL 1 ARM ONL Y
6 LEVEL 2 ARM ONL Y
7 LEVEL 3 ARM ONL Y
8 NONE SERVICE
9 LEVEL 1 SERVICE
0 LEVEL 2 SERVICE
B LEVEL 3 SERVICE
USER
OPTION
CODE
TYPE
USER
LEVEL
ACCESS CONTROL
KEYPADS
ACCESS CONTROL KEYPADS
DATA
ENTRIES
Note:
K.P. 5 K.P. 6 K.P. 7 K.P. 8
blank (•)
1 Y
2 Y
3 Y Y
4 Y
5 Y Y
6 Y Y
7 Y Y Y
8 Y
9 Y Y
0 Y Y
B Y Y Y
C Y Y
D Y Y Y
E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
NONE
ACCESS CONTROL KEYPADS
DATA
ENTRIES
K.P. 1 K.P. 2 K.P. 3 K.P. 4
blank (•)
1 Y
2 Y
3 Y Y
4 Y
5 Y Y
6 Y Y
7 Y Y Y
8 Y
9 Y Y
0 Y Y
B Y Y Y
C Y Y
D Y Y Y
E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
Note:
NONE
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
USER AUTHORITY LEVEL
KEYPAD DISPLAY FUNCTION MENU
FUNCTION LEVEL*
DISPLAY ZN FAUL TS
DISPLAY ZN BYPASSED
DISPLAY ZN DIRECTORY
ACTIVATE BELL TEST
DISPLAY PHONE #’S
DISPLAY SYS TRBL
DISPLAY FIRE ALARM
DISPLAY FIRE TRBL
DISPLAY OP/CL
ACTIVATE OVERVIEW
ACTIVATE CHIME
ACTIVATE WATCH
RESET SYSTEM TRBL
RESET SENSOR MSG
START EXIT TIME
FAULT FIND
ACTIVATE LOCATE
EZM ZONE FIND
ACTIVATE DIALER TEST
DISPLAY ALARM LOG
DISPLAY TOTAL LOG
DISPLAY FIRE LOG
DISPLAY OP/CL LOG
DISPLAY SYSTEM LOG
AUTOARM IN 1-4HRS
DISPLAY AUTOARM SCHD
ACTIVATE PROGRAM
ACTIVATE DOWNLOAD
DISPLY RF XMITTER STAT
RELAY CONTROL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3**
1
2
3
3
1
***
***
***
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3**
3
1
1
NOTES:
* Minimum Level required to access function ** Level-3 Code with appropriate user option *** Requires Dealer Code
USER OPTIONS
OPTIONS EXPLANATION
Disabled User Code not active in this area.
Blocked View Allows User Code to block another code from being viewed by another user.
User Program User Program Option is enabled for Keypad 1 only, wherever it is connected
Bypass Allows User Code to bypass zones.
Overview This option, along with Level 3 Authorization, enables selection of
Arm Only Prevents User Code from disarming this area.
Service A Service Code has restricted arm/disarm rights; if an area is armed with a
Ambush Allows User Code to send Ambush signal to Central Station.
Access This is normally used to activate a door striker while an area is disarmed. A
Related User Options:
0490), “Dealer Security Code” (Address 0500) & “Enable User Code by Area” (Address 2500-2595).
An unblocked code cannot view a blocked code, but a blocked code can view all codes. The master user code and the dealer program code can view all codes.
(any area). If enabled, Level 3 must also be enabled.
OVERVIEW mode at a keypad. This Mode provides a system status display of all areas at a glance.
Service Code, a “ on the GEM-RP1CAe2 keypad) and the area can be disarmed with any valid
User Code, including a Service Code. If the area is armed with OTHER than a Service Code, it CANNOT be disarmed with a Service Code. This is typically used to allow tradesmen access to premises under control of the owner.
code with the access option will not function as an arm/disarm code. When the code is entered, the keypad will display “ Wire on the keypad will become Active Low (Ground Potential) for 7 seconds.
SERVICE ON
” appears on the GEM-RP2ASe2 keypad (a “S”
“Ambush Code” (Address 0495), “Panel Access Code” (Address
ENTER NOW
Page 19
” and the Brown
!
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
Example:
Program a code of “2222” for user 02, with User Option of “User Program”, User “Level 3” and Access Control Option
“Keypad No. 1”. Enter “2222” for a user code, “2 3” for user option and “blank(•) 1” for access control option.
CHANGING OR CANCELING A CODE: To change any code, merely program over the existing code as described above and press
U
to save. Similarly, to cancel a code, blank out each number of the code and press U
to save to
save.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 20
!
RF Transmitter Points (Press
28
G0 ; B = G1 ; C = G2 ; D = G3 ; E = G4 and “F” = G5.
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
BYPASS
For each transmitter enter: (For wireless systems only. Also see Quick Method, which follows)
CHIME
The zone number (01–96) to which the transmitter will be mapped.
The
6-digit RF ID #
The point number (1–2); enter “9” for unsupervised (all points).
Press U to save and NEXT/YES button to proceed when all transmitters have been entered.
NOTE: When programming the ID Code number, “0” through ”9” =
and
1-digit checksum number
to set cursor.)
R
printed on the transmitter and box,
0
through
9
Quick Method.
ZN# XMIT#+CS P Zn01- 000000:0-0
ZN# XMIT#+CS P ZN01- ENROLL:A--
If a receiver is already installed in the panel, transmitter wireless points can be programmed automatically (“enrolled”) using the
following procedure.
1. Enter the zone number to which the transmitter point will be mapped.
2. Press
display as shown at left.
3. Open the loop of the point that is to be programmed (GEM-TRANS2 only).
4. Install the transmitter battery. The keypad will beep to indicate that the point has been successfully enrolled. Multi-point transmitters can be mapped to successive zones simultaneously.
to enter the Enroll Mode. The red and green LEDs on the keypad will flash and the window will
B
The transmitter point will be enrolled only if the signal strength is 3 or greater.
NOTE:
Example. A 2-point transmitter has the RF ID number 287613:1. Map point 1 to Zone 6 and point 2 to Zone 9.
1. Enter the Enroll mode as described above.
2. Enter Zone “06”.
3. Open point-1 loop.
4. Install the battery. The keypad will beep once to indicate that one point has been programmed. (Transmitter 287613:1, point 1 will be mapped
to Zone 6).
5. Enter Zone “09”.
6. Close point-1 loop and open point-2 loop.
7. Remove the transmitter battery, then re-install it. The keypad will beep once to indicate that one point has been programmed. (Transmitter 287613:1, point 2 is mapped to Zone 9).
WI 1185 6/03
; A =
KEY FOB ZONE ASSIGNMENT: Key fobs can also be assigned to zones to allow multiple wireless panic buttons on one alarm system, each reporting to a central station, a pager or having a description on the keypad that describes the person holding the key fob, the location where the person holding the key fob is stationed, or the special purpose of the key fob button being depressed. See the next page on Key Fob Transmitters as Zone Input Devices .
Key Fob Transmitters as Arm/Disarm & Control Devices
29
NOTE:
C =
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
Press U to save and NEXT/YES button to proceed when all key fobs have been entered.
When programming the ID Code number, “0” through ”9” = 0 through 9 ; A = G0 ; B = G1 ;
G2
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
BYPASS
; D =
G3
Key fobs can be programmed as “Arm/Disarm” devices using their On/Off buttons (refer to WI752).
CHIME
For each Key Fob Transmitter, enter:
The Key Fob Transmitter number (01–16).
The
area number
The 6-digit RF ID # and 1-digit checksum number printed on the transmitter and box,
The Aux 1 Option (see key fob aux 1 & aux 2 options).
The
Aux 2 Option
G4
; E =
to which transmitter is assigned (0 to disable keyfob, 1 or 2).
(see key fob aux 1 & aux 2 options).
and “F” =
G5
.
(Press
to set cursor).
R
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Key Fob Transmitters as Zone Input Devices
(Refer to display above: press the PRIOR button to go backwards).
Each of the 4 key fob buttons can be assigned to a zone. For example, On button = point 1; Off button = point 2; A1 = point 3; A2 = point 4. Up to 96 key fobs (using 1 button) or 48 key fobs (using 2 buttons) or 28 key fobs (using all 4 buttons) or any combination up to a maximum of 96 controlled zones can be assigned, providing multiple wireless panic buttons on a system, each reporting to a Central Station or a pager and/or annunciating on a keypad the key fob zone number with a description. To assign a key fob to a zone: program the key fob as you would a transmitter, entering the key fob's ID code, check sum and point number at the appropriate zone. The “Quick Method” is not allowed. The zone may be hardwired to an electrical sensor as well as as­signed to a key fob (either one will activate the zone alarm output). “ON/OFF” buttons on the key fob will no longer arm/disarm the system. The key fob is converted to a “panic only” device.
If assigning a key fob to a zone, the
NOTE:
Page 21
DATA
ENTRY
AUX 1/AUX 2 OPTIONS
0 None
1 Relay Group 1 Toggle
2 Relay Group 2 Toggle
3 Relay Group 3 Toggle
4 Relay Group 4 Toggle
5 Relay Group 5 Toggle
6 Relay Group 6 Toggle
7 Relay Group 7 Toggle
8 Relay Group 8 Toggle
9 Panic
A Auxiliary
B Instant
C Aux. Output Toggle
D Access on Aux. Output
E Arm STAY
F Interior Bypass
!
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL AND GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF KEYPAD EASY PROGRAM MENU
ZONE DESCRIPTIONS:
GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS cannot be used to enter the date or time or Zone Descriptions. To enter this
information, you must use the GEM-RP1CAe2 or GEM-K1CA Keypad (See WI777) or the Napco Quickloader Software.
Dealer Code
Directly enter the Dealer Code (default = 456789), using 0 through 9 buttons.
CHIME
Press U to save.
Re-enter the Dealer Code to verify the previous code.
Press U to save.
Press the NEXT/YES button to proceed.
once again to end all programming and resume normal keypad operation.
C
” will occur. Press
to silence the keypad.
C
to enter the Direct Address Program
C
and then (d) press
U
C
C
to exit the
to enter
33
rE
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHI ME
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
BYPASS
(Direct Entry)
EXIT DEALER PROGRAM MODE: This completes the custom default program. Press Mode for further programming or press
CLEAR PROGRAM:
the Address Program Mode; (b) access Location 4091 (Clear Program) or 4093 (Cold Start); (c) press
Dealer Program Mode. A “
Should it be necessary to create a new custom default program, (a) from the Dealer Program Mode, press
SYSTEM TROUBLE/E09-00 SERVICE
Clear Dealer Program (Erases Dealer Program)
Use this feature to erase the Panel Program, while maintaining Scheduled Data and Zone Descriptions. Access address 4091 and press U. Data entry is
not allowed. NOTE: Enter Easy Menu Driven Program Mode to reprogram system.
Cold Start (Erases Entire Program)
This erases all programmed data (Dealer Program, Zone Description Data and Schedules). Access address 4093 and press U. Data entry is not
allowed. NOTE: Some features (schedules) can only be programmed again with the Downloading Software.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 22
!
WI 1185 6/03
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE
This is an extension of the Dealer Program Mode. This method of programming is used in conjunction with the Keypad Programming Worksheets that follow. Refer to these worksheets to identify the 4-digit location (address) of the feature to be programmed. An illustrative example is provided on the next page.
ADDRESS
LOCATIONS
LEFT DIGIT RIGHT DIGIT
0000
0000
TO
4095
ACCESSING DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE
DATA ENTRY
LOCATIONS
3 C
HEXADECIMAL DATA:
BLANK (•) = No Options
1 to 9 = Entries 1 to 9
0 = Entry of 10
B to F = Entries 11 to 15
KEYPAD PROGRAMMING OVERVIEW
Direct Address Programming allows you to go directly to the address locations and change the data entries to customize your control panel options. Whereas the Easy Menu Program Mode is a simple quick start guide with limited options, the Direct Address Program Mode is more flexible allowing you to change all the options. It consists of multiple address locations with two data entry locations each (left and right) as shown in the adjacent diagram.
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE
1. Press
EEEEEE
2. Press the PRIOR/NO (
Master Security Code
(on microshield)
Q
) button until:
R
"TURNON PROG Y/N" (GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS)
--or-­ "17" (GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL or GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-
K4RF) appears on the keypad display.
3. Press the NEXT/YES (
(The panel and keypad version appears briefly on the keypad display).
4. Press
C
to exit Easy Menu Driven Program Mode & enter
P
) button to enter Dealer Program Mode.
Direct Address Program Mode.
(For keypad display examples when in Program Mode, see next page).
GEM-P3200
GEM-P9600
R
MASTER SECURITY CODE
# - # - # - # - # - #
CONTROL
COMMUNCIATOR
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
KEYPAD ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE DISPLAY
1
2
1 2
00003C
GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS Keypads
(Direct Entry)
3P
3C
GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL Keypads
1
2
= ADDRESS LOCATION
P
3A
GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF Keypads
BYPASS FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
INTERIO R
BYPASS SYS TBL CHIME
INTERIO R
FIRE/TBL
1 2
Flashing
Press address location, and (2) the corresponding
data shown.
Press R followed by (1) the 4 digit address location, and (2) the corresponding
data shown. when in Address Program Mode.
= DATA ENTRY LOCATION (Left and Right Digits)
followed by (1) the 4 digit
R
Note:
A long beep sounds
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE KEYPAD COMMANDS
A. GEM-K2AS (and GEM-RP2ASe2) Keypad
Page 23
!
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE
To access, press C in
Dealer Program Mode
1. Toggle Cursor to 4-digit ad­dress field using the
R
button.
2. Enter address Number directly using number buttons (0-9).
3. Enter Data directly using num­ber buttons.*
4. Press the
button to save.
U
To exit, press
Press
NOTE:
Select NEXT/PRIOR Address.
Press
.
C
button to clear character at cursor.
0
GP
to jump to next programming block.
through
G5
L
* Press
G0
NAPCO Security Systems
GEMINI
STATUS
ARMED
R
1 2
B 4 5 6
C 7 8 9 0
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
for 10-15, respectively.
00003C
3
NEXT/YES
P
PRIOR/NO
Q
AREA
G
U
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
X
Page 24
R
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
ARMED
STATUS
SYSTEM ARMED 01/01/97 12:00AM
12 4
3
56
7890
A B C
D
E F G
NEXT/YES
PRIOR/NO
AREA
GEMINI
ENT A1
3C
INT ERIOR
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL
SYS TBL
CHIME
!
The displays shown on the previous page will appear after a brief delay.
B. GEM-K3DGTL/GEM-RP3DGTL and GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF Keypads
!
Use the the
To access Direct Address Program Mode, press
!
Enter the address directly using the number buttons.
Menu Mode.
!
The contents of the address will be read automatically, and the cursor will advance to the data field. Enter the
required data directly using the number buttons.
1. Press
!
Press Jto save the contents of each address.
2. Enter the 4 digit Address location
EXIT DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE: When done, press the
PROGRAMMING OVERVIEW
operation. The panel is now programmed with your program.
The Keypad Programming Worksheets in the back are provided as an address-programming reference to help the installer modify his custom default program or to make minor field alterations to an existing panel program. It is recommended that the panel be uploaded to Napco's Quickloader software following any keypad programming and that the PCD3000's error-check feature be utilized to reduce the possibility of programming omissions or conflicts. Note: Most of the addresses shown comprise two data entry locations, left and right digits. Program the left digits on the left data-display segment, and the right digit on the right segment. For those addresses having only one programmable nibble, program the right segment only; the left segment should display a blank (•).
directly using number buttons (0-9).
3. Enter the 2 digit data directly using number buttons (0-9).
4. Press U to save.
To exit, press
Keep the Keypad Programming Worksheets on file for future reference.
General Programming Steps
!
1. Contact the central station to ascertain receiver format, data format, event codes, subscriber numbers and
NOTE:
“F” =
!
!
NOTE:
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE
“A” =
telephone number(s).
G 5
2. Select the desired features by circling " the respective “address” boxes. Refer to the Programming Options and
Worksheets for guidance in selecting the “data” (1,2,4,8) to be entered into those boxes.
Example: GEM-RP2ASe2 / GEM-RP3DGTL / GEM-RP4RFC--Direct Address Programming
3. Program the data entered in the boxes on the worksheets into the respective addresses. The display will show the
Program Zones 6, 7 and 8 as Exit/Entry Follower Zones.
entry numerically, but will display “0” for the number 10, and letters “B”,C,D,E”, and “Ffor the numbers 11 through 15, respectively. To program a 10, press
DETERMINE THE DATA ENTRIES
through
!
1. Referring to ZONE FEATURES in the Programming Worksheets that follow, Exit/Entry Follower for Zones 5 through 8 are located at address 0506, left digit. Circle
See the Direct Address Programming Example on the following page.
!
2. Add the data values for Zones 6, 7 and 8: 2+4+8=14. From Tables 1 and 2, “14” (E) is entered as press
G4. The right digit (for Zones 1 through 4, none of which are Exit/Entry Follower Zones) is entered as
a blank (•).
PROGRAM THE DATA ENTRIES
1. Enter the panel's Dealer Security Code (Address 0500), then press
2. Answer NO ( NOTE: If you pass “
A
R
G 0
G 5, respectively.
EXIT/ENTRY FOLLOWER
button to toggle the cursor between the 4-digit address field and the data entry locations.
C
in the Easy
.
C
ZONE OPTION
. Press
.
; “B” =
G 1
0
for a zero or to clear.
LEFT DATA VALUES
SUM = 14 (CIRCLE
ZN08 ZN07 ZN06 ZN05
$ # "
F) to all questions until “
ACTIVATE PROGRAM
(BINARY VALUE CIRCLED)
; “C” =
G 2
G 0. To program 11 through 15, press G 1
" the data values for Zones 5–8.
ZONES
"
)
1
ACTIVATE PROGRAM Y/N
”, scroll backward using
ADDRESS 0506
L ADDR R
E
Table 1. Determining data entry for a location (each
ENTER DATA
“nibble”). Numbers in parentheses indicate data for selected zones or features. (See Programming Worksheets that follow.)
button to exit and resume normal keypad
C
DATA ENTRY SELECTIONS
8 4 2 1 blank
8 4 2
8 4
8 4
8
8
8
8
$ $ $ $ $ # $ # $ # " $ # " !
0506
"
; “D” =
G 3
" !
2 1 4
#
2
# # " # " !
4 2 1 8
4 2
4
4
BLANK (•) 8 4 2
" " !
2 1 12
2
ZN04 ZN03 ZN02 ZN01
ENTRY TOTAL
"
!
1 2
!
1 6
!
1 10
!
RIGHT DATA VALUES
SUM = 0 (CIRCLE
1 14
"
R.
” is displayed; then press the NEXT/YES button.
B.
Flashing
1
; “E” =
3
5
7
9
11
ZONES
13
15
G 4
G 0
G 1
G 2
G 3
"
G 4
G 5
PRESS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
)
WI 1185 6/03
Press here to Select NEXT/ PRIOR address
N
1
KEYPAD
DISPLAYS
;
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
B
C
D
E
F
3. Press
4. Press
5. Press
6. Press
7. Enter another 4-digit address to continue programming or press
X
C to enter the Address Program Mode. Address "
0506 to access Address 0506. The data for both digits will display and the cursor will
advance to the data field.
G 4 to enter an “E” in the left digit and press 0 to enter a blank (•) in the right digit.
to save. Address 0506 is now programmed with “E •”.
U
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
0000
" will display.
C to exit and resume normal keypad operation.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
"
)
1
Page 25
DISPLAYS
E
WI 1185 6/03
The displays shown on the previous pages will appear after a brief delay.
Direct Address Programming Example
!
! !
!
EXIT DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE: When done, press
CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL
The Keypad Programming Worksheets in the back are provided as an address-programming reference to help the installer modify his custom default program or to make minor field alterations to an existing panel program. It is recommended that the panel be uploaded to NAPCO's PCD-Windows software following any keypad programming and that the PCD3000's error-check feature be utilized to reduce the possibility of programming omissions or conflicts.
Note: Most of the addresses shown comprise two data entry locations, left and right digits. Program the left digits on the left data-display segment, and the right digit on the right segment. For those addresses having only one programmable nibble, program the right segment only; the left segment should display a blank (•).
3
Keep the Keypad Programming Worksheets on file for future reference.
General Programming Steps
!
!
R
Use
Example: Program Zones 6, 7 and 8 as Exit/Entry Follower Zones.
Enter the address directly using the number buttons.
DETERMINE THE DATA ENTRIES
The contents of the address will be read automatically, along with the feature name and programming information.
!
1. Referring to ZONE FEATURES in the Programming Worksheets that follow, Exit/Entry Follower for Zones 5
The cursor will advance to the data field. Enter the required data directly using the number buttons.
through 8 are located at address 0506, left digit. Circle
Press U to save the contents of each address.
!
2. Add the data values for Zones 6, 7 and 8: 2+4+8=14. From Tables 1 and 2, “14” (E) is entered as press
G4
blank (•).
PROGRAM THE DATA ENTRIES
!
1. Enter the panel's Dealer Security Code (Address 0500), then press
!
the
!
!
3. Press the
!
!
5. Press
!
6. Press Jto save.
Address 1218 is now programmed with “E•.
1. Contact the central station to ascertain receiver format, data format, event codes, subscriber numbers and telephone number(s).
2. Select the desired features by circling " the respective “address” boxes. Refer to the Programming Options and Worksheets for guidance
to toggle the cursor between the 4-digit address field and the data entry locations.
the data values for Zones 5–8.
"
. The right digit (for Zones 1 through 4, none of which are Exit/Entry Follower Zones) is entered as a
C
ZONES
ZONE OPTION
EXIT/ENTRY FOLLOWER
A
2. Answer NO (
button.
F
) to all questions until ACTIVATE PROGRAM Y/N” is displayed; then press YES (
NOTE: If you pass “ACTIVATE PROGRAM”, scroll backward using the the
C
button to enter the Address Program Mode. Address "0000" will display.
4. Press
0506
cursor will advance to the data field.
G 4
to enter an E” in the left digit and press
LEFT DATA VALUES
SUM = 14 (CIRCLE
ZN08 ZN07 ZN06 ZN05
$ # "
"
)
1
to access Address 0506. The data for both digits will display and the
L ADDR R
E
DATA ENTRY SELECTIONS
(BINARY VALUE CIRCLED)
ENTER DATA
8 4 2 1 blank
8 4 2
8 4
8 4
8
8
8
8
$ $ $ $
7. Enter another 4-digit address to continue programming or press
$ # $ # $ # " $ # " !
to exit and resume normal keypad operation.
ADDRESS
0506
BLANK (•) 8 4 2
0460
"
"
! " " !
# # # " # " !
4 2 1 8
0
4 2
4
"
4
" !
1 2
B
2 1 4
2
button.
!
1 6
to enter a blank (•) in the right digit.
!
1 10
2 1 12
C
to exit and resume normal keypad
2
!
1 14
ZONES
RIGHT DATA VALUES
SUM = 0 (CIRCLE
ZN04 ZN03 ZN02 ZN01
ENTRY TOTAL
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
PRESS
N
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
G 0
G 1
G 2
G 3
G 4
G 5
in selecting the “data” (1,2,4,8) to be entered into those boxes.
Table 1 (above). Determining data entry for a location
!
3. Program the data entered in the boxes on the worksheets into the respective addresses. The display will show the entry numerically, but will
(each “nibble”). Numbers in parentheses indicate data for selected zones or features. (See Programming Worksheets that follow).
display “0” for the number 10, and letters “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, and “F” for the numbers 11 through 15, respectively. To program a 10, press
To program 11 through 15, press through
G 5
, respectively.
G 0
G 1
.
KEYPAD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
B
C
D
E
F
!
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE
).
NOTE: See the Direct Address Programming Example on the previous page.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 26
WI 1185 6/03
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS (ADDRESS 0000-0002, 2402, 2406, 2414 & 3902)
Page 27
!
ADDRESS 0000
EXIT
(sec.)
LEFT RIGHT
DELAY
[Default = 3C]
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) F
1 E
2 D
3 C
5 0
7 8
F F
DELAY/ TIMEOUT
0 sec.
15 sec.
30 sec.
45 sec.
60 sec.
90 sec.
120 sec.
255 sec.
ADDRESS 2402
LEFT RIGHT
(sec.)
ADDRESS 0001
LEFT RIGHT
ENTRY
DELAY 2
[Default = 1 E]
!
1. Select delay/timeout (0-255 sec.) from the table shown.
!
2. Enter in corresponding address locations above (left and right digits).
!
3. For a desired delay/timeout not listed do the following:
A. Choose a desired delay/timeout, ex: 20 sec.
1 Quotient Left Digit 16 20 16 4 Remainder Right Digit
ENTRY
DELAY 1
[Default = 1E]
(sec.)
ADDRESS 0002
LEFT RIGHT
Aux. Output
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Access Control
Timeout
(sec.)
B. Divide it by 16
EXIT/ENTRY DELAYS:
Apply only to zones programmed with the following options “Entry/Exit 1, Entry/Exit 2, Exit/Entry Follower”. For UL Installations, the maximum exit delay is 60 seconds and the maximum entry delay is 45 seconds.
ABORT
DELAY
[Default = blank (•) blank
Telephone
Line Test
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
CS Telco 3
Report
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
(sec.)
Delay (sec.)
Delay (sec.)
ADDRESS 2406
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 2414
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 3902
LEFT RIGHT
PROGRAMMING TIMEOUTS: Either use the tables provide or calculate your own timeout using the steps indicated. WARNING: Timers have uncertainty of +/-1sec, so a "time" of 1 second may actually timeout IMMEDIATELY.
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS (ADDRESS 2407, 2408 & 4088)
SYSTEM DELAYS/TIMEOUTS
CHIME
TIMEOU T
(¼sec.)
[Default = blank (•) 2]
CHIME TIMEOUT OPTIONS
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) 2
blank (•) 3
blank (•) 4
blank (•) 5
blank (•) 6
blank (•) 7
blank (•) 8
F F
1. Select delay/timeout from the table shown.
! !
2. Enter in corresponding address locations above (left and right digits).
!
3. For a desired delay/timeout not listed do the following:
ADDRESS 2407
LEFT RIGHT
TIMEOUT
0 ¼sec. = 0 sec.
2 ¼sec. = ½ sec.
3 ¼sec. = ¾ sec.
4 ¼sec. = 1 sec.
5 ¼sec. = 1.25 sec.
6 ¼sec. = 1.5 sec.
7 ¼sec. = 1.75 sec.
8 ¼sec. = 2 sec.
255 ¼sec. = 63.25 sec.
AC Fail
Report
Delay
(min.)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
AC FAIL REPORT DELAY OPTIONS
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) 1
blank (•) 2
blank (•) 3
blank (•) 4
blank (•) 5
blank (•) 6
blank (•) 7
F F
ADDRESS 2408
LEFT RIGHT
2550 min. = 42 Hr., 30 min.
A. Choose a desired delay/timeout , ex: 20.
For Sensor Watch only divide it by 10, ex: 20/10 = 2.
Note:
B. Divide it by 16
DELAY
10 min.
20 min.
30 min.
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
70 min.
0 min.
1 Quotient Left Digit 16 20 16 4 Remainder Right Digit
Sensor
Watch
Delay
(Hr.)
ADDRESS 4088
LEFT RIGHT
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
SENSOR WATCH OPTIONS
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) 1
blank (•) 2
blank (•) 3
blank (•) 4
blank (•) 5
blank (•) 6
blank (•) 7
F F
DELAY
0 Hr.
1 Hr.
2 Hr.
3 Hr.
4 Hr.
5 Hr.
6 Hr.
7 Hr.
255 Hr.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 28
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS (ADDRESS 2400, 2401, 2403-2405, 4082 & 4083)
WI 1185 6/03
Reset
Output
Timeout
(min.)
ADDRESS 2400
LEFT RIGHT
[Default = blank
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) 1
blank (•) 2
blank (•) 3
blank (•) 4
blank (•) 5
blank (•) 6
1 blank (•)
F F
DELAY/
TIMEOUT
0 min.
1 min.
2 min.
3 min.
4 min.
5 min.
6 min.
16 min.
255 min.
Output
Timeout
(min.)
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 2401
Aux.
[Default = blank (•)
!
1. Select delay/timeout (0-255 min.) from the table shown.
!
2. Enter in corresponding address locations above (left and right digits).
3. For a desired delay/timeout not listed do the following:
!
1 Quotient Left Digit 16 20 16 4 Remainder Right Digit
Burg. Alarm
Output
Timeout
(min.)
[Default = 1 blank (•)]
A. Choose a desired delay/timeout, ex: 20 min. B. Divide it by 16
OUTPUT TIMEOUTS: If a timeout of “0 min.” is selected, then the output will remain active (ON) until the system is reset or disarmed. For UL Residential Installations, the minimum timeout is 4
ADDRESS 2403
LEFT RIGHT
Pulse Alarm
Output
Timeout
(min.)
ADDRESS 2404
LEFT RIGHT
[Default = blank (•) 1]
Fire
Output
Timeout
(min.)
ADDRESS 2405
LEFT RIGHT
[Default = blank (•)
Report
Cancel
Window
(Min.)
ADDRESS 4082
LEFT RIGHT
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)] Program for at least 5 minutes in a CP-01 installation.*
Auto
Disarm
Rearm
Delay
(min.)
ADDRESS 4083
LEFT RIGHT
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
minutes. For UL Commercial Installations, the minimum timeout is 15 minutes.
*Address 4082: When "Enable CP-01 Features" is selected in the Easy Program menu, this time is set to 7 minutes.
KEYPAD SYSTEM CODES (ADDRESS 0490, 0495 & 0500)
ADDRESS 0490-0492
Panel Access
Code
0490 0491
L R L R L R
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 0490-0492]
PANEL ACCESS CODE: Enter up to 6 digits to activate a door strike while the area is disarmed.
!
1. Enter in both left and right digits of address locations.
!
2. Valid entries are: 0-9. Also, “Access Control on Aux. Output” (Address 2418) and “Aux. Output Access Control Timeout” (Address 2402) must both
Note:
be enabled.
Ambush
Code
ADDRESS 0495
LEFT RIGHT
0492
SYSTEM DELAYS/TIMEOUTS & KEYPAD CODES
AMBUSH CODE: Enter a 2-digit code used just prior to disarming and will activate an Ambush Condition, causing a SILENT report to be sent to the central station.
1. Enter in both left and right digits of address locations.
! !
2. Valid entries are: 0-9. Also, “Enable Keypad Ambush” (Address 2440-2446), “Report on Ambush Alarm” (Address 1125, 1127, 1135 & 1137) and
Note:
“Ambush Code” (Address 0900) must all be enabled.
DEALER SECURITY CODE:
!
1. Enter in both left and right digits of address locations.
!
2. Valid entries are: 0-9. If left blank, the Master Security Code must then be used to enter programming.
Note:
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
Enter up to 6 digits to be used by the dealer to enter programming.
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Dealer Security
Code
ADDRESS 0500-0502
0500 0501
0502
L R L R L R
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 0500-0502]
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS
Page 29
(ADDRESS 0520, 0521, 0525, 0526, 0550, 0551, 0575 & 0576)
!
CS Receiver 1
Format
ADDRESS 0525
LEFT RIGHT
CS Receiver 2
Forma
ADDRESS 0550
LEFT RIGHT
t
CS Receiver 3
Format
ADDRESS 0575
LEFT RIGHT
Default for CS Receiver 1 Format depends on Easy Menu Question “RCVR FORMAT”. [Default = •(blank) •(blank)] for CS Receivers 2 and 3 Formats.
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) 1
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
1 blank (•)
2
3
4
5
8
9
0
B
C
D
E
LEADING DIGITS FOR PAGER FORMAT:
CS RECEIVER FORMATS
Ademco Slow, Silent Knight Slow
Sescoa, Vertex, DCI, Franklin Fast
Radionics Fast
Silent Knight Fast
Radionics, DCI, Franklin Slow
Universal High Speed
Radionics BFSK
FBI 4/3/1
Radionics Modem 2
SIA
Ademco Point ID
Ademco Express
Pager
Radionics Modem IIe
CS RECEIVER FORMATS: Up to 3 CS Formats may be programmed.
!
1. Select the desired CS Receiver Format from the table shown.
2. Enter in the corresponding left and right digit address locations for
!
each CS Receiver.
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
Leading Digits for
Pager Format
(1st Digit)
ADDRESS 0520
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Leading Digits for
Pager Format
(2nd Digit)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 0521
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
In Pager Format reporting, the message typically begins with “00”. However, for some pager services, this will cause the Pager's Voice Mail feature to activate. This option allows you to program these digits to any number desired. Typical Pager report is “003 022 1234”, where 3 is the Event, 22 is the zone, and 1234 is the Subscriber ID number. For example, if the Leading Digits are programmed as “98”, the Pager report will now appear as “983 022 1234”.
!
1. Enter in 1st and 2nd Leading Digits in right digit only (left digit is not used) as shown.
CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS
!
2. Valid entries are: 0-9.
LEFT DATA
CS RECEIVER 1 OPTIONS
Sum Check
3/1 with Extended Restores
RESERVED
RESERVED
CS RECEIVER 2 OPTIONS
Sum Check
3/1 with Extended Restores
RESERVED
RESERVED
CS RECEIVER 3 OPTIONS
Sum Check
3/1 with Extended Restores
RESERVED
RESERVED
CS RECEIVER OPTIONS:
!
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for each digit (left and right).
Select options for any of the three CS Receivers.
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
"
"
"
)
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
)
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
)
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 0526
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
ADDRESS 0551
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
ADDRESS 0576
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
NOTE:
has priority over 2300Hz.
CS RECEIVER 1 OPTIONS
)
1400Hz Handshake/Kissoff *
2300Hz Handshake/Kissoff *
Enable Zone Number on Pulse Alarm
Single Digit Only
CS RECEIVER 2 OPTIONS
)
1400Hz Handshake/Kissoff *
2300Hz Handshake/Kissoff *
Enable Zone Number on Pulse Alarm
Single Digit Only
CS RECEIVER 3 OPTIONS
)
1400Hz Handshake/Kissoff *
2300Hz Handshake/Kissoff *
Enable Zone Number on Pulse Alarm
Single Digit Only
* If both are selected, 1400Hz
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
! !
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 30
WI 1185 6/03
CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS
CS Receiver 1 Telephone
Number
(Digits 1-20)
CS Receiver 2 Telephone
Number
(Digits 1-20)
CS Receiver 3 Telephone
Number
(Digits 1-20)
0527 0528 0529 0530 0531 0532 0533 0534 0535 0536 0537 0538 0539 0540 0541 0542 0543 0544 0545 0546
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
0552 0553 0554 0555 0556 0557 0558 0559 0560 0561 0562 0563 0564 0565 0566 0567 0568 0569 0570 0571
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
0577 0578 0579 0580 0581 0582 0583 0584 0585 0586 0587 0588 0589 0590 0591 0592 0593 0594 0595 0596
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
ADDRESS 0527-0546 (RIGHT DIGITS 1-20)
ADDRESS 0552-0571 (RIGHT DIGITS 1-20)
ADDRESS 0577-0596 (RIGHT DIGITS 1-20)
(ADDRESS 0527-0546, 0552-0571, 0577-0596)
Default for CS Receiver 1 Telephone Number depends on Easy Menu Question “CENTRAL PHONE #”.
[Default = blank (•)] across digits 1-20 for CS Receiver Telephone Numbers 2 and 3.
CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS: Enter telephone numbers for any of the three CS Receivers (Telco 1, 2 & 3).
!
1. Enter in right digit only (left digit is not used).
2. Enter up to 20 digits from left to right.
! !
3. Valid entries are: 1-9, B = *button, C = #button, D = 3 sec. pause, E = Wait for dial tone, F = ignore location
NOTE:
DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS
Leave trailing boxes blank (•).
(ADDRESS 4089, 0600-0619, 0625-0647, 1022 & 1023)
No. Rings
Before Pickup
[Default = blank (•) F]
ADDRESS 4089
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
Callback
Telephone
Number 1
(Digits 1-20)
[Default = blank (•) for all digits 1-20]
Callback
Telephone
Number 2
(Digits 1-20)
[Default = blank (•) for all digits 1-20]
NUMBER OF RINGS BEFORE PICKUP: Enter the number of rings before automatic pickup by the control panel when downloading from a computer (see Glossary at the back for more information).
1. Enter in right digit only (left digit is not used).
!
2. Valid entries are: 3-15, 0 = 10, B = 11, C = 12, D = 13, E = 14, F = 15
!
0600 0601 0602 0603 0604 0605 0606 0607 0608 0609 0610 0611 0612 0613 0614 0615 0616 0617 0618 0619
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
0625 0626 0627 0628 0629 0630 0631 0632 0633 0634 0635 0636 0637 0638 0639 0640 0641 0642 0643 0644
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Default is 15 Rings. Dark shaded data shows option not available.
NOTE:
ADDRESS 0600-0619 (RIGHT DIGITS 1-20)
ADDRESS 0625-0644 (RIGHT DIGITS 1-20)
CALLBACK TELEPHONE NUMBERS: Enter telephone numbers to be used when downloading from a computer.
!
1. Enter in right digit only (left digit is not used).
2. Enter up to 20 digits from left to right.
! !
3. Valid entries are: 0-9, B = *button, C = #button, D = 3 sec. pause, E = Wait for dial tone, F = ignore location
Download
Security Code
CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS & DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
DOWNLOAD SECURITY CODE: Enter up to 6 digits to be used for remote access when downloading from a computer.
1. Enter in both left and right digits of address locations.
!
ADDRESS 0645-0647
0645 0646
L R L R L R
0647
!2. Valid entries are: 0-9.
Download Security Code must match the code entered in
Note:
the PCD3000 Software.
NOTE:
Leave trailing boxes blank (•).
Callback Telephone No. Select
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
CALLBACK TELEPHONE NO. SELECT: Enter either “1” for Callback Telephone Number 1 or “2” for Callback Telephone Number 2.
ADDRESS 1022
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
!1. Enter in right digit only (left digit is not used). !
2. Valid entries are: 1 or 2.
Auto Download
ADDRESS 1023
ID No.
Valid entries - 01-99
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
LEFT RIGHT
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS (ADDRESS 0650-0787)
CS TELCO 1 SUBSCRIBER OPENING/CLOSING ID NUMBERS
Page 31
!
AREA 1
ADDRESS 0650-0653
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0650 0651 0652 0653
R R R R
AREA 5
ADDRESS 0666-0669
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0666 0667 0668 0669
R R R R
AREA 2
ADDRESS 0654-0657
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0654 0655 0656 0657
R R R R
AREA 6
ADDRESS 0670-0673
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0670 0671 0672 0673
R R R R
CS TELCO 1 SUBSCRIBER EVENT ID NUMBERS
AREA 1
ADDRESS 0682-0685
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0682 0683 0684 0685
R R R R
AREA 5
ADDRESS 0698-0701
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0698 0699 0700 0701
R R R R
AREA 2
ADDRESS 0686-0689
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0686 0687 0688 0689
R R R R
AREA 6
ADDRESS 0702-0705
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0702 0703 0704 0705
R R R R
AREA 3
ADDRESS 0658-0661
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0658 0659 0660 0661
R R R R
AREA 7
ADDRESS 0674-0677
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0674 0675 0676 0677
R R R R
AREA 3
ADDRESS 0690-0693
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0690 0691 0692 0693
R R R R
AREA 7
ADDRESS 0706-0709
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0706 0707 0708 0709
R R R R
AREA 4
ADDRESS 0662-0665
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0662 0663 0664 0665
R R R R
AREA 8
ADDRESS 0678-0681
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0678 0679 0680 0681
R R R R
AREA 4
ADDRESS 0694-0697
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0694 0695 0696 0697
R R R R
AREA 8
ADDRESS 0710-0713
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0710 0711 0712 0713
R R R R
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS (TELCO 1 & 2)
SYSTEM
ADDRESS 0714-0717
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0714 0715 0716 0717
R R R R
CS TELCO 2 SUBSCRIBER OPENING/CLOSING ID NUMBERS (BACKUP REPORTING
AREA 1
ADDRESS 0720-0723
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0720 0721 0722 0723
R R R R
AREA 5
ADDRESS 0736-0739
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0736 0737 0738 0739
R R R R
AREA 2
ADDRESS 0724-0727
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0724 0725 0726 0727
R R R R
AREA 6
ADDRESS 0740-0743
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0740 0741 0742 0743
R R R R
AREA 3
ADDRESS 0728-0731
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0728 0729 0730 0731
R R R R
AREA 7
ADDRESS 0744-0747
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0744 0745 0746 0747
R R R R
AREA 4
ADDRESS 0732-0735
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0732 0733 0734 0735
R R R R
AREA 8
ADDRESS 0748-0751
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0748 0749 0750 0751
R R R R
CS TELCO 2 SUBSCRIBER EVENT ID NUMBERS (BACKUP REPORTING)
AREA 1
ADDRESS 0752-0755
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0752 0753 0754 0755
R R R R
AREA 5
ADDRESS 0768-0771
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0768 0769 0770 0771
R R R R
AREA 2
ADDRESS 0756-0759
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0756 0757 0758 0759
R R R R
AREA 6
ADDRESS 0772-0775
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0772 0773 0774 0775
R R R R
AREA 3
ADDRESS 0760-0763
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0760 0761 0762 0763
R R R R
AREA 7
ADDRESS 0776-0779
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0776 0777 0778 0779
R R R R
AREA 4
ADDRESS 0764-0767
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0764 0765 0766 0767
R R R R
AREA 8
ADDRESS 0780-0783
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0780 0781 0782 0783
R R R R
SYSTEM
ADDRESS 0784-0787
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0784 0785 0786 0787
R R R R
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 32
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS (ADDRESS 0790-0857)
CS TELCO 3 SUBSCRIBER OPENING/CLOSING ID NUMBERS
WI 1185 6/03
AREA 1
ADDRESS 0790-0793
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0790 0791 0792 0793
R R R R
AREA 5
ADDRESS 0806-0809
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0806 0807 0808 0809
R R R R
AREA 2
ADDRESS 0794-0797
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0794 0795 0796 0797
R R R R
AREA 6
ADDRESS 0810-0813
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0810 0811 0812 0813
R R R R
CS TELCO 3 SUBSCRIBER EVENT ID NUMBERS
AREA 1
ADDRESS 0822-0825
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0822 0823 0824 0825
R R R R
AREA 5
ADDRESS 0838-0841
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0838 0839 0840 0841
R R R R
AREA 2
ADDRESS 0826-0829
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0826 0827 0828 0829
R R R R
AREA 6
ADDRESS 0842-0845
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0842 0843 0844 0845
R R R R
AREA 3
ADDRESS 0798-0801
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0798 0799 0800 0801
R R R R
AREA 7
ADDRESS 0814-0817
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0814 0815 0816 0817
R R R R
AREA 3
ADDRESS 0830-0833
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0830 0831 0832 0833
R R R R
AREA 7
ADDRESS 0846-08449
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0846 0847 0848 0849
R R R R
AREA 4
ADDRESS 0802-0805
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0802 0803 0804 0805
R R R R
AREA 8
ADDRESS 0818-0821
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0818 0819 0820 0821
R R R R
AREA 4
ADDRESS 0834-0837
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0834 0835 0836 0837
R R R R
AREA 8
ADDRESS 0850-0853
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0850 0851 0852 0853
R R R R
SYSTEM
ADDRESS 0854-0857
(RIGHT DIGITS 1-4)
0854 0855 0856 0857
R R R R
Default for CS Telco 1 Subscriber Event ID Number (Area 1) depends on Easy Menu Question “ACCOUNT #”. [Default = blank (•) blank (•) blank (•) blank (•)] for all other ID Numbers.
CS TELCO SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS: Enter the Subscriber Opening/Closing and Event ID Numbers for any of the 3 CS Receivers.
!
1. Enter in corresponding right digit address location (left digit is not used).
!
2. Enter 3 or 4 digits (depending on the CS receiver format) for each subscriber number from left to right.
NOTE:
3. Valid entries are: 0-9, 0 and B-F.
!
Leave trailing boxes blank (•).
CS REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 0859-0907)
ALARM/TROUBLE
REPORTING CODES
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS (TELCO 3) & CS REPORTING CODES
Cancel
Alarm Restore
Trouble
Trouble Restore
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 0859-0869]
ADDRESS 0860-0862
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
blank (•) 0859
blank (•) 0860
blank (•) 0861
blank (•) 0862
OPENING/CLOSING
REPORTING CODES
Conditional Closing
Opening after Alarm
Telemetry Trouble
Closing
Opening
Fail to Close
Fail to Open
Telemetry Fail
Exit Error 0906
Recent Close 0905
Fault Find 0907
ADDRESS 0864-0907
ADDR
blank (•) 0864
blank (•) 0865
blank (•) 0866
blank (•) 0867
0868
0869
0882
0883
CS REPORTING CODES:
!
1. Enter in corresponding address
location (left and right digits).
!
2. Valid entries are: 1-9, 0 and B-F.
Dark shaded data value box
NOTE:
shows option not available.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
CS REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 0870-0904)
Page 33
!
SYSTEM REPORTING
CODES
Test Timer
Alarm Supervi sory
Bus Failure
Memory Failure
Panel Low Battery
Panel AC Failure
EZM Tamper
Sensor Watch
RESERVED
RESERVED
Telco Line Failure
ADDRESS 0870-0880
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
0870
0871
0872
0873
0874
0875
0876
0877
blank (•) 0878 blank (•)
blank (•) 0879 blank (•)
0880
SYSTEM REPORTING
CODES
Digital Dialer Test
GuardTour Fail
RESERVED
Service Message
Program Change
RF Receiver Trouble
RF Tamper
RF Trouble
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 0870-0904]
CS REPORTING CODES:
!
1. Enter in corresponding address location (left and right digits).
2. Valid entries are: 1-9, 0 and B-F.
!
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
CAUTION:
For all 2-Digit Reporting Formats (see CS Receiver Format Options), use the following:
Reporting
2nd Digit of Reporting Code 1st Digit of Reporting Code
Example: The 2-digit reporting code as shown is “21”.
Code
ADDRESS 0890-0897
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
0890
0891 blank (•)
0892 blank (•)
0893
0894
0895
0896
0897
ADDRESS Loc.
LEFT RIGHT
1 2
KEYPAD REPORTING
CODES
Ambush
Panic
Fire
Auxiliary
Tamper
ADDRESS 0900-0904
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
0900
0901
0902
0903
0904
CS REPORTING CODES & CS REPORTING OPTIONS
CS AREA & SYSTEM REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1024-1027)
DISABLE OPENING
LEFT DATA
AREA
VALUES
(CIRCLE ")
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
CS SYSTEM REPORT OPTIONS
Cancel Next Test Timer on any Report
Disable Wait for Handshake
Handshake for Local Telemetry
1
2
4
8
Disable Wait for Silence
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
REPORTS
ADDRESS 1024
LEFT DIGIT RIGHT
DIGIT
LEFT DATA
VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
CS AREA & SYSTEM REPORTING OPTIONS:
!
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for each digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
!
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits). Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
)
LEFT DATA
(CIRCLE ")
VALUES
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
AREA
1
Area 5
2
Area 6
4
Area 7
Area 8
8
ADDRESS 1027
AREA
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE ")
1
2
4
8
DISABLE CLOSING
REPORTS
ADDRESS 1025
LEFT DIGIT RIGHT
DIGIT
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
1
2
4
8
CS SYSTEM REPORT OPTIONS
)
Backup Report on Telco 2
TouchTone Di aling Only *
TouchTone Dialing w/Rotary Backup *
Transmit “402” Opening/Closing Code
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE ")
1
2
4
8
AREA
Area 5
Area 6
Area 7
Area 8
* NOTE: If neither TouchTone Dialing nor
TouchTone w/Rotary Backup is selected, then system defaults automatically to Rotary Dialing. Leave blank (•) to select Rotary Dialing.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 34
WI 1185 6/03
CS ZONE REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 0910-1005)
ZONE 1 ZONE 2 ZONE 3 ZONE 4 ZONE 5 ZONE 6 ZONE 7 ZONE 8
ZONES REPORT CODE (CONTRO L PANEL)
0910 0911 0912 0913 0914 0915 0916
L R L R L R L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0926-0929
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 3 )
ZONE 17 ZONE 18 ZONE 19 ZONE 20
0926 0927 0928
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0942-0945
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 7 )
ZONE 33 ZONE 34 ZONE 35 ZONE 36
0942 0943 0944
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0958-0961
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 11)
ZONE 49 ZONE 50 ZONE 51 ZONE 52
0958 0959 0960
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0910-0917
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 4 )
ZONE 21 ZONE 22 ZONE 23 ZONE 24
0929
0945
0961
0930 0931 0932
L R L R L R L R
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 8 )
ZONE 37 ZONE 38 ZONE 39 ZONE 40
0946 0947 0948
L R L R L R L R
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 12)
ZONE 53 ZONE 54 ZONE 55 ZONE 56
0962 0963 0964
L R L R L R L R
0917
ADDRESS 0930-0933
ADDRESS 0946-0949
ADDRESS 0962-0965
0933
0949
0965
ADDRESS 0918-0921
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 1 )
ZONE 9 ZONE 10 ZONE 11 ZONE 12
0918 0919 0920
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0934-0937
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 5 )
ZONE 25 ZONE 26 ZONE 27 ZONE 28
0934 0935 0936
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0950-0953
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 9 )
ZONE 41 ZONE 42 ZONE 43 ZONE 44
0950 0951 0952
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0966-0969
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 1 3)
ZONE 57 ZONE 58 ZONE 59 ZONE 60
0966 0967 0968
L R L R L R L R
0921
0937
0953
0969
ADDRESS 0922-0925
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 2 )
ZONE 13 ZONE 14 ZONE 15 ZONE 16
0922 0923 0924
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0938-0941
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 6 )
ZONE 29 ZONE 30 ZONE 31 ZONE 32
0938 0939 0940
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0954-0957
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 1 0)
ZONE 45 ZONE 46 ZONE 47 ZONE 48
0954 0955 0956
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0970-0973
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 1 4)
ZONE 61 ZONE 62 ZONE 63 ZONE 64
0970 0971 0972
L R L R L R L R
0925
0941
0957
0973
ADDRESS 0974-0977
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 15)
ZONE 65 ZONE 66 ZONE 67 ZONE 68
0974 0975 0976
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0990-0993
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 19)
ZONE 81 ZONE 82 ZONE 83 ZONE 84
0990 0991 0992
L R L R L R L R
CS ZONE REPORTING CODES
0977
0993
ADDRESS 0978-0981
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 16)
ZONE 69 ZONE 70 ZONE 71 ZONE 72
0978 0979 0980
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0994-0997
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 20)
ZONE 85 ZONE 86 ZONE 87 ZONE 88
0994 0995 0996
L R L R L R L R
Default for Group Zone Report Codes depends on Easy Menu Question “RCVR. FORMAT”.
ZONE REPORT
CODE OPTIONS
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
NOTE:
enable “EZM Zone Groups”.
Zones 1-8 are included in the control panel and Zones 9-96 are EZM Zones. See Address 2600-2621 to
PULSE EVENT CODE will be the first digit of the 2 digit reporting code. The second digit will be the
DATA
ENTRIES
LEFT
1
2
3
4
7 Gas Alarm
8 Heat Alarm
0 Auxiliary Alarm
B 24 Hour Auxiliary
MODEM CODE
Fire *
Panic
Burglary
Hold up
second digit of the reporting zone. For example, for zone 9 (address 0918), if the right digit is “3", then the reporting code is “39”. For example, for zone 15 (address 0924), if the right digit is “4", then the reporting code is “45”.
MODEM CODES determine the zone types reported for the following formats: SIA and ADEMCO Point ID.
1. Select the desired Modem Code for each zone from the table shown.
!
0981
0997
ADDRESS 0982-0985
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 1 7)
ZONE 73 ZONE 74 ZONE 75 ZONE 76
0982 0983 0984
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 0998-1001
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 2 1)
ZONE 89 ZONE 90 ZONE 91 ZONE 92
0998 0999 1000
L R L R L R L R
0985
1001
ADDRESS 0986-0989
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 1 8)
ZONE 77 ZONE 78 ZONE 79 ZONE 80
0986 0987 0988
L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 1002-1005
ZONES REPORT CODE (GROUP 2 2)
ZONE 93 ZONE 94 ZONE 95 ZONE 96
1002 1003 1004
L R L R L R L R
0989
1005
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
CS USER REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 1030-1055)
Page 35
!
User Opening
Telco 1
User Opening
Telco 1
User Opening
Telco 1
User Opening
Telco 1
User Opening
Telco 1
User Opening
Telco 1
User Opening
Telco 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
15
User
31
User
47
User
63
User
79
User
95
User
14
User
30
User
46
User
62
User
78
User
94
16
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
32
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
48
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
64
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
80
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
96
8 4 2 1
ADDRESS 1042
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 1031
User
LEFT RIGHT
13
ADDRESS 1033
User
LEFT RIGHT
29
ADDRESS 1035
User
LEFT RIGHT
45
ADDRESS 1037
User
LEFT RIGHT
61
ADDRESS 1039
User
LEFT RIGHT
77
ADDRESS 1041
User
LEFT RIGHT
93
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
User
00
99
4
8
98
2 1
User
97
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
11
User
27
User
43
User
59
User
75
User
91
User
10
User
26
User
42
User
58
User
74
User
90
12
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
28
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
44
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
60
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
76
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
92
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User 8 User 7 User 6 User
9
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
25
User
41
User
57
User
73
User
89
User
24
23
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
40
39
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
56
55
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
72
71
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
88
87
8 4 2 1
User
22
User
38
User
54
User
70
User
86
5
User
21
User
37
User
53
User
69
User
85
User 97 = Auto Arming/Disarming User 98 = Quickloader Arming/Disarming User 99 = Easy Arming
(Opening not applicable)
User 00 = Keyswitch Arming
ADDRESS 1030
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1032
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1034
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1036
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1038
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1040
LEFT RIGHT
NOTE:
as the user number shown. Also, Keyfobs 1-16 (see Easy Menu Program Driven Mode) will report as Users 81-96, respectively.
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User 4 User 3 User 2 User
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
20
19
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
36
35
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
52
51
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
68
67
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
84
83
8 4 2 1
These opening events will report
User
18
User
34
User
50
User
66
User
82
1
User
17
User
33
User
49
User
65
User
81
CS USER REPORTING CODES
User Closing
Telco 1
User Closing
Telco 1
User Closing
Telco 1
User Closing
Telco 1
User Closing
Telco 1
User Closing
Telco 1
User Closing
Telco 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
15
User
31
User
47
User
63
User
79
User
95
User
14
User
30
User
46
User
62
User
78
User
94
16
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
32
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
48
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
64
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
80
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
96
8 4 2 1
ADDRESS 1055
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 1044
User
LEFT RIGHT
13
ADDRESS 1046
User
LEFT RIGHT
29
ADDRESS 1048
User
LEFT RIGHT
45
ADDRESS 1050
User
LEFT RIGHT
61
ADDRESS 1052
User
LEFT RIGHT
77
ADDRESS 1054
User
LEFT RIGHT
93
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
User
00
99
8 4 2 1
98
User
97
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
11
User
27
User
43
User
59
User
75
User
91
User
10
User
26
User
42
User
58
User
74
User
90
12
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
28
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
44
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
60
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
76
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
92
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User 8 User 7 User 6 User
9
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
25
User
41
User
57
User
73
User
89
User
24
23
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
40
39
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
56
55
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
72
71
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
88
87
8 4 2 1
User
22
User
38
User
54
User
70
User
86
5
User
21
User
37
User
53
User
69
User
85
User 97 = Auto Arming/Disarming User 98 = Quickloader Arming/Disarming User 99 = Easy Arming
(Opening not applicable)
User 00 = Keyswitch Arming
ADDRESS 1043
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1045
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1047
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1049
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1051
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1053
LEFT RIGHT
NOTE:
as the user number shown. Also, Keyfobs 1-16 (see Easy Menu Program Driven Mode) will report as Users 81-96, respectively.
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User 4 User 3 User 2 User
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
20
19
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
36
35
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
52
51
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
68
67
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
84
83
8 4 2 1
These opening events will report
User
18
User
34
User
50
User
66
User
82
1
User
17
User
33
User
49
User
65
User
81
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 36
WI 1185 6/03
CS USER REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 1056-1081)
User Opening
Telco 3
User Opening
Telco 3
User Opening
Telco 3
User Opening
Telco 3
User Opening
Telco 3
User Opening
Telco 3
User Opening
Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
15
User
31
User
47
User
63
User
79
User
95
User
14
User
30
User
46
User
62
User
78
User
94
16
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
32
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
48
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
64
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
80
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
96
8 4 2 1
ADDRESS 1068
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 1057
User
LEFT RIGHT
13
ADDRESS 1059
User
LEFT RIGHT
29
ADDRESS 1061
User
LEFT RIGHT
45
ADDRESS 1063
User
LEFT RIGHT
61
ADDRESS 1065
User
LEFT RIGHT
77
ADDRESS 1067
User
LEFT RIGHT
93
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
User
00
8
99
4
98
2 1
User
97
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
11
User
27
User
43
User
59
User
75
User
91
User
10
User
26
User
42
User
58
User
74
User
90
12
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
28
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
44
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
60
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
76
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
92
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User 8 User 7 User 6 User
9
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
25
User
41
User
57
User
73
User
89
User
24
23
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
40
39
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
56
55
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
72
71
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
88
87
8 4 2 1
User
22
User
38
User
54
User
70
User
86
5
User
21
User
37
User
53
User
69
User
85
User 97 = Auto Arming/Disarming User 98 = Quickloader Arming/Disarming User 99 = Easy Arming
(Opening not applicable)
User 00 = Keyswitch Arming
ADDRESS 1056
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1058
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1060
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1062
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1064
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 1066
LEFT RIGHT
NOTE:
as the user number shown. Also, Keyfobs 1-16 (see Easy Menu Program Driven Mode) will report as Users 81-96, respectively.
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User 4 User 3 User 2 User
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
20
19
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
36
35
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
52
51
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
68
67
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
84
83
8 4 2 1
These opening events will report
User
18
User
34
User
50
User
66
User
82
1
User
17
User
33
User
49
User
65
User
81
User Closing
Telco 3
User Closing
Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
15
User
31
User
14
User
30
16
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
32
8 4 2 1
ADDRESS 1070
User
13
ADDRESS 1072
User
29
LEFT RIGHT
LEFT RIGHT
CS USER REPORTING CODES
User Closing
Telco 3
User Closing
Telco 3
User Closing
Telco 3
User Closing
Telco 3
User Closing
Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
47
User
63
User
79
User
95
User
46
User
62
User
78
User
94
48
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
64
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
80
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
96
8 4 2 1
ADDRESS 1081
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 1074
User
LEFT RIGHT
45
ADDRESS 1076
User
LEFT RIGHT
61
ADDRESS 1078
User
LEFT RIGHT
77
ADDRESS 1080
User
LEFT RIGHT
93
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
99
User
98
00
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
11
User
27
User
43
User
59
User
75
User
91
User
10
User
26
User
42
User
58
User
74
User
90
12
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
28
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
44
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
60
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
76
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
92
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User 8 User 7 User 6 User
9
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
25
User
41
User
57
User
73
User
89
User
24
23
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
40
39
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
56
55
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
72
71
8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
User
User
88
87
8 4 2 1
User 97 = Auto Arming/Disarming
User
User 98 = Quickloader Arming/Disarming
97
User 99 = Easy Arming
(Opening not applicable)
User 00 = Keyswitch Arming
User
22
User
38
User
54
User
70
User
86
ADDRESS 1069
LEFT RIGHT
5
ADDRESS 1071
User
LEFT RIGHT
21
ADDRESS 1073
User
LEFT RIGHT
37
ADDRESS 1075
User
LEFT RIGHT
53
ADDRESS 1077
User
LEFT RIGHT
69
ADDRESS 1079
User
LEFT RIGHT
85
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User 4 User 3 User 2 User
NOTE:
as the user number shown. Also, Keyfobs 1-16 (see Easy Menu Program Driven Mode) will report as Users 81-96, respectively.
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
User
19
User
35
User
51
User
67
User
83
User
18
User
34
User
50
User
66
User
82
20
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
36
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
52
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
68
8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
User
84
8 4 2 1
These opening events will report
1
User
17
User
33
User
49
User
65
User
81
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
GLOBAL SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1082-1116)
Page 37
!
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY GLOBAL
EVENT/TROUBLE
Burglary Alarm Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Event Telco 1
Report Restore Telco 1
Report Event Telco 3
Report Restore Telco 3
See NOTE
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY GLOBAL
EVENT/TROUBLE
Burglary Alarm Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Event Telco 1
Report Restore Telco 1
Report Event Telco 3
Report Restore Telco 3
GLOBAL SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
)
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
SENSOR
WATCH
8
8
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8
8
8
8 4
EZM
TAMPER
AC FAIL LOW
4 2 1
4 2 1
4
4 2 1
4
"
BATTERY
2 1
2 1
2 1
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1082-1092]
GLOBAL SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
)
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD. RSRVD. RSRVD. RSRVD.
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
"
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1094-1104]
ADDRESS
1082-1092
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1091
1092
ADDRESS
1094-1104
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
blank (•)
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1103
1104
GLOBAL SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
MEMORY
FAILURE
Telemetry
Failure
COMM.
BUS 1
8 4
8 4
8
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
GLOBAL SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
Telemetry
Trouble
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2
8
8 4 2
8 4 2 1
ALARM
SUPERV.
2 1
2 1
4
4
4
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
RSRVD.
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
)
"
TEST
TIMER
)
"
TELCO
FAIL
1
1
1
GLOBAL SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY GLOBAL
EVENT/TROUBLE
Burglary Alarm Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Event Telco 1
Report Restore Telco 1
Report Event Telco 3
Report Restore Telco 3
!
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for each digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
!
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
NOTE:
L
NAPCO Security Systems
GLOBAL SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
)
"
CHANGE
2
2 1
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1
1
1
1
1
1
blank (•)
blank (•)
See NOTE
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RF
TROUBLE
8
8
8 4 2
8 4 2
8 4 2
8
8 4 2 1
8
8 4 2 1
RF
TAMPER
4 2
4 2
4
4
RF RCVR. PROGRAM
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1106-1116]
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
ADDRESS 1106-1116
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
blank (•)
1112
1115
blank (•)
1116
X
GLOBAL SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
)
"
Digital
Dialer Test
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
SERVICE
MESSAGE
RSRVD. GUARD
8
8
8
8
8
8 4
8
8 4
8
TOUR FAIL
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 38
AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1120-1157)
WI 1185 6/03
AREA 1 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 1
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
Fire Output
AREA 1
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 2
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
Fire Output
AREA 2
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 3
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
Fire Output
AREA 3
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 4
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
AREA 4
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
AREA 2 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
AREA 3 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
AREA 4 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
ADDRESS
1120-1127
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1127
FAIL TO
CLOSE
FAIL TO
OPEN
)
"
KEYPAD TAMPER
[Defaults as circled from address 1120-1127]
ADDRESS 1130-1137
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1137
FAIL TO
CLOSE
FAIL TO
OPEN
"
)
KEYPAD TAMPER
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1130-1137]
ADDRESS
1140-1147
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1147
FAIL TO
CLOSE
FAIL TO
OPEN
)
"
KEYPAD TAMPER
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1140-1147]
ADDRESS 1150-1157
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1157
FAIL TO
CLOSE
FAIL TO
OPEN
)
"
KEYPAD TAMPER
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1150-1157]
AREA 1 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
AREA 2 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
AREA 3 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
AREA 4 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
4
4
4
4
2 1
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
)
"
AMBUSH
1
"
)
AMBUSH
1
)
"
AMBUSH
1
)
"
AMBUSH
1
!
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for each digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits). Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 1160-1197)
Page 39
!
AREA 5 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 5
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
Fire Output
AREA 5
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
FAIL TO
CLOSE
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
FAIL TO
OPEN
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1160-1167]
AREA 6 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 6
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
AREA 6
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
FAIL TO
CLOSE
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
FAIL TO
OPEN
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1170-1177]
AREA 7 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 7
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
Fire Output
AREA 7
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
FAIL TO
CLOSE
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
FAIL TO
OPEN
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1180-1187]
AREA 8 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
SYSTEM RESPONSE
ACTIVATED BY AREA 8
EVENT/TROUBLE
Pulsed Burg. Output
Burglary Output
AREA 8
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
Report Alarm Telco 1
Report Alarm Telco 3
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
RSRVD.
FAIL TO
CLOSE
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
FAIL TO
OPEN
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 1190-1197]
!
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for each
digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
)
"
KEYPAD TAMPER
"
)
KEYPAD
TAMPER
)
"
KEYPAD TAMPER
)
"
KEYPAD
TAMPER
ADDRESS 1160-1167
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1167
ADDRESS
1170-1177
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1177
ADDRESS 1140-1147
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1187
ADDRESS
1190-1197
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1197
!
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).NOTE: Dark shaded
AREA 5 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
AUX.
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
AREA 6 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
AREA 7 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
AREA 8 SYSTEM EVENT/TROUBLE
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
KEYPAD
FIRE
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4
8 4 2 1
8
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
4
4
4
4
2 1
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
KEYPAD
PANIC
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
2 1
"
AMBUSH
"
AMBUSH
"
AMBUSH
"
AMBUSH
data value box shows option not available.
)
1
AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS
)
1
)
1
)
1
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 40
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-16 (ADDRESS 1200-1386)
%$ %$
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-16
&
When the Easy Program Menu is used, these features are enabled by default.
$
Do not program if "K Series" keypads (with "
&
Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 installations.
%
In UL installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for "Pulsed Burg Output" and "fire Output Cadence" (Address 2422, bit zero).
'
ZONE OPTIONS ZONES 13-16
50ms Loop Response (A) 20ms Loop Response (A)
$
Priority 8 4 2 1 1302 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1202 8 4 2 1 Priority with Bypass 8 4 2 1 1303 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1203 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass 8 4 2 1 1304 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1204 8 4 2 1
$
Selective Bypass 8 4 2 1 1305 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1205 8 4 2 1 Keyswitch Arming 8 4 2 1 1306 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1206 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass Re-entry 8 4 2 1 1307 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1207 8 4 2 1 Pre-Alarm Warning 8 4 2 1 1308 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1208 8 4 2 1 Never Arm 8 4 2 1 1309 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1209 8 4 2 1 24-Hour Zone 8 4 2 1 1310 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1210 8 4 2 1
$
Burg. Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1311 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1211 8 4 2 1
$
Pulsed Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1312 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1212 8 4 2 1 Fire Output (Lug E9) 8 4 2 1 1313 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1213 8 4 2 1 Reset Relay 8 4 2 1 1314 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1214 8 4 2 1 Auxiliary Relay 8 4 2 1 1315 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1215 8 4 2 1
$
Entry/Exit 1 8 4 2 1 1316 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1216 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 2 8 4 2 1 1317 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1217 8 4 2 1
$
Exit/Entry Follower 8 4 2 1 1318 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1218 8 4 2 1 Auto Reset 8 4 2 1 1319 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1219 8 4 2 1 Swinger Shutdown 8 4 2 1 1320 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1220 8 4 2 1
$
Chime 8 4 2 1 1321 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1221 8 4 2 1 Abort Delay 8 4 2 1 1322 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1222 8 4 2 1 Power-up Delay 8 4 2 1 1323 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1223 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Open 8 4 2 1 1324 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1224 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Short 8 4 2 1 1325 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1225 8 4 2 1 Alarm on Day Zone 8 4 2 1 1326 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1226 8 4 2 1
$
Alarm Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1327 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1227 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1328 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1228 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1329 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1229 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1330 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1230 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1335 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1235 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1336 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1236 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1337 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1237 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1338 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1238 8 4 2 1 No EOL Resistor 8 4 2 1 1339 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1239 8 4 2 1 Sensor Watch 8 4 2 1 1340 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1240 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Open 8 4 2 1 1341 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1241 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Short 8 4 2 1 1342 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1242 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Night Open 8 4 2 1 1343 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1243 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 1 8 4 2 1 1344 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1244 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 2 8 4 2 1 1345 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1245 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 3 8 4 2 1 1346 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1246 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 4 8 4 2 1 1347 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1247 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 5 8 4 2 1 1348 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1248 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 6 8 4 2 1 1349 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1249 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 7 8 4 2 1 1350 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1250 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 8 8 4 2 1 1351 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1251 8 4 2 1
$
2-Wire Smoke Detectors Bypass on Guard Tour 8 4 2 1 1353 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1253 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 1 8 4 2 1 1354 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1254 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 2 8 4 2 1 1355 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 3 8 4 2 1 1356 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 4 8 4 2 1 1357 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 5 8 4 2 1 1358 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 6 8 4 2 1 1359 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 7 8 4 2 1 1360 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 8 8 4 2 1 1361 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior #1 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1362 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #2 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1363 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Keypad Sounder on Alarm 8 4 2 1 1364 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire (C) 8 4 2 1 1375 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire Alarm Verification (C) 8 4 2 1 1376 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior (STAY) Bypass 8 4 2 1 1384 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Chime 2 8 4 2 1 1386 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
)
"
P
" and "
Q
(CIRCLE
ZN16 ZN15 ZN14 ZN13 L ADDR R ZN12 ZN11 ZN10 ZN9 ZN8 ZN7 ZN6 ZN5 L ADDR R ZN4 ZN3 ZN2 ZN1
8 4 2 1 (•) (•) 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1200 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 (•) (•) 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1201 8 4 2 1
(B)
8 4 2 1 (•) (•) 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1252 8 4 2 1
ADDRESS
1302-1386
" buttons) are used in the system.
ZONES 9-12
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
LEFT DATA VALUES
)
ZONES 5-8
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 1200-1286
1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1275 1276 1284 1286
WI 1185 6/03
RIGHT DATA VALUES
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
ZONES 1-4
(CIRCLE
"
)
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 17-32 (ADDRESS 1402-1586)
%$ %$
&
ZONE OPTIONS ZONES 29-32
$
Priority 8 4 2 1 1502 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1402 8 4 2 1 Priority with Bypass 8 4 2 1 1503 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1403 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass 8 4 2 1 1504 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1404 8 4 2 1
$
Selective Bypass 8 4 2 1 1505 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1405 8 4 2 1 Keyswitch Arming 8 4 2 1 1506 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1406 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass Re-entry 8 4 2 1 1507 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1407 8 4 2 1 Pre-Alarm Warning 8 4 2 1 1508 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1408 8 4 2 1 Never Arm 8 4 2 1 1509 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1409 8 4 2 1 24-Hour Zone 8 4 2 1 1510 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1410 8 4 2 1
$
Burg. Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1511 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1411 8 4 2 1
$
Pulsed Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1512 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1412 8 4 2 1 Fire Output (Lug E9) 8 4 2 1 1513 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1413 8 4 2 1 Reset Relay 8 4 2 1 1514 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1414 8 4 2 1 Auxiliary Relay 8 4 2 1 1515 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1415 8 4 2 1
$
Entry/Exit 1 8 4 2 1 1516 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1416 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 2 8 4 2 1 1517 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1417 8 4 2 1
$
Exit/Entry Follower 8 4 2 1 1518 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1418 8 4 2 1 Auto Reset 8 4 2 1 1519 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1419 8 4 2 1 Swinger Shutdown 8 4 2 1 1520 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1420 8 4 2 1
$
Chime 8 4 2 1 1521 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1421 8 4 2 1 Abort Delay 8 4 2 1 1522 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1422 8 4 2 1 Power-up Delay 8 4 2 1 1523 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1423 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Open 8 4 2 1 1524 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1424 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Short 8 4 2 1 1525 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1425 8 4 2 1 Alarm on Day Zone 8 4 2 1 1526 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1426 8 4 2 1
$
Alarm Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1527 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1427 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1528 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1428 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1529 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1429 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1530 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1430 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1535 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1435 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1536 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1436 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1537 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1437 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1538 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1438 8 4 2 1 No EOL Resistor 8 4 2 1 1539 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1439 8 4 2 1 Sensor Watch 8 4 2 1 1540 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1440 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Open 8 4 2 1 1541 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1441 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Short 8 4 2 1 1542 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1442 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Night Open 8 4 2 1 1543 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1443 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 1 8 4 2 1 1544 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1444 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 2 8 4 2 1 1545 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1445 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 3 8 4 2 1 1546 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1446 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 4 8 4 2 1 1547 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1447 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 5 8 4 2 1 1548 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1448 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 6 8 4 2 1 1549 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1449 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 7 8 4 2 1 1550 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1450 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 8 8 4 2 1 1551 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1451 8 4 2 1 Bypass on Guard Tour 8 4 2 1 1553 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1453 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 1 8 4 2 1 1554 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1454 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 2 8 4 2 1 1555 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 3 8 4 2 1 1556 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 4 8 4 2 1 1557 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 5 8 4 2 1 1558 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 6 8 4 2 1 1559 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 7 8 4 2 1 1560 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 8 8 4 2 1 1561 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior #1 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1562 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #2 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1563 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Keypad Sounder on Alarm 8 4 2 1 1564 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire (C) 8 4 2 1 1575 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire Alarm Verification (C) 8 4 2 1 1576 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior (STAY) Bypass 8 4 2 1 1584 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Chime 2 8 4 2 1 1586 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
ZN32 ZN31 ZN30 ZN29 L ADDR R ZN28 ZN27 ZN26 ZN25 ZN24 ZN23 ZN22 ZN21 L ADDR R ZN20 ZN19 ZN18 ZN17
)
ADDRESS
1502-1586
ZONES 25-28
RIGHT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
)
ZONES 21-24
LEFT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
)
ADDRESS 1402-1486
1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1475 1476 1484 1486
ZONES 17-20
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Page 41
"
)
!
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 17-32
1
!
When the Easy Program Menu is used, these features are enabled by default.
$
& Do not program if "K Series" keypads (with "
Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 installations.
%
In UL installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for "Pulsed Burg Output" and "fire Output Cadence" (Address 2422, bit zero).
'
L
NAPCO Security Systems
!
P
2
" and "
4
!
Q
" buttons) are used in the system.
!
4
!
2
!
2
!
4
!
4
!
2
See Zone Options on Page 46.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
Page 42
!
$
$
$ $
$
$ %$ %$
$
$
$
$
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 33-48
$
&
$
$
$
ZONE OPTIONS ZONES 45-4 8
Priority 8 4 2 1 1702 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1602 8 4 2 1 Priority with Bypass 8 4 2 1 1703 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1603 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass 8 4 2 1 1704 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1604 8 4 2 1 Selective Bypass 8 4 2 1 1705 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1605 8 4 2 1 Keyswitch Arming 8 4 2 1 1706 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1606 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass Re-entry 8 4 2 1 1707 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1607 8 4 2 1 Pre-Alarm Warning 8 4 2 1 1708 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1608 8 4 2 1 Never Arm 8 4 2 1 1709 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1609 8 4 2 1 24-Hour Zone 8 4 2 1 1710 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1610 8 4 2 1 Burg. Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1711 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1611 8 4 2 1 Pulsed Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1712 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1612 8 4 2 1 Fire Output (Lug E9) 8 4 2 1 1713 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1613 8 4 2 1 Reset Relay 8 4 2 1 1714 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1614 8 4 2 1 Auxiliary Relay 8 4 2 1 1715 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1615 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 1 8 4 2 1 1716 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1616 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 2 8 4 2 1 1717 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1617 8 4 2 1 Exit/Entry Follower 8 4 2 1 1718 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1618 8 4 2 1 Auto Reset 8 4 2 1 1719 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1619 8 4 2 1 Swinger Shutdown 8 4 2 1 1720 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1620 8 4 2 1 Chime 8 4 2 1 1721 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1621 8 4 2 1 Abort Delay 8 4 2 1 1722 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1622 8 4 2 1 Power-up Delay 8 4 2 1 1723 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1623 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Open 8 4 2 1 1724 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1624 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Short 8 4 2 1 1725 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1625 8 4 2 1 Alarm on Day Zone 8 4 2 1 1726 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1626 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1727 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1627 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1728 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1628 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1729 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1629 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1730 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1630 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1735 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1635 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1736 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1636 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1737 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1637 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1738 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1638 8 4 2 1 No EOL Resistor 8 4 2 1 1739 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1639 8 4 2 1 Sensor Watch 8 4 2 1 1740 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1640 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Open 8 4 2 1 1741 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1641 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Short 8 4 2 1 1742 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1642 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Night Open 8 4 2 1 1743 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1643 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 1 8 4 2 1 1744 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1644 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 2 8 4 2 1 1745 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1645 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 3 8 4 2 1 1746 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1646 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 4 8 4 2 1 1747 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1647 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 5 8 4 2 1 1748 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1648 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 6 8 4 2 1 1749 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1649 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 7 8 4 2 1 1750 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1650 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 8 8 4 2 1 1751 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1651 8 4 2 1 Bypass on Guard Tour 8 4 2 1 1753 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1653 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 1 8 4 2 1 1754 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1654 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 2 8 4 2 1 1755 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 3 8 4 2 1 1756 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 4 8 4 2 1 1757 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 5 8 4 2 1 1758 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 6 8 4 2 1 1759 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 7 8 4 2 1 1760 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 8 8 4 2 1 1761 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #1 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1762 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #2 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1763 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Keypad Sounder on Alarm 8 4 2 1 1764 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Fire (C) 8 4 2 1 1775 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Fire Alarm Verification (C) 8 4 2 1 1776 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior (STAY) Bypass 8 4 2 1 1784 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Chime 2 8 4 2 1 1786 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
WI 1185 6/03
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 33-48 (ADDRESS 1602-1786)
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
ZN48 ZN47 ZN46 ZN45 L ADDR R ZN44 ZN43 ZN42 ZN41 ZN40 ZN39 ZN38 ZN37 L ADDR R ZN36 ZN35 ZN34 ZN33
"
)
ADDRESS
1702-1786
ZONES 41-44
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ZONES 37-40
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 1602-1686
1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1675 1676 1684 1686
ZONES 33-36
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
"
)
!
1
When the Easy Program Menu is used, these features are enabled by default.
$
Do not program if "K Series" keypads (with "
& % Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 installations.
In UL installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for "Pulsed Burg Output" and "fire Output Cadence" (Address 2422, bit zero).
'
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
P
2
" and "
!
Q
!
4
" buttons) are used in the system.
4
!
2
!
2
!
!
4
4
!
2
See Zone Options on Page 46.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 49-64 (ADDRESS 1802-1986)
%$ %$
&
ZONE OPTIONS ZONES 61-6 4
$
Priority 8 4 2 1 1902 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1802 8 4 2 1 Priority with Bypass 8 4 2 1 1903 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1803 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass 8 4 2 1 1904 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1804 8 4 2 1
$
Selective Bypass 8 4 2 1 1905 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1805 8 4 2 1 Keyswitch Arming 8 4 2 1 1906 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1806 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass Re-entry 8 4 2 1 1907 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1807 8 4 2 1 Pre-Alarm Warning 8 4 2 1 1908 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1808 8 4 2 1 Never Arm 8 4 2 1 1909 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1809 8 4 2 1 24-Hour Zone 8 4 2 1 1910 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1810 8 4 2 1
$
Burg. Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1911 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1811 8 4 2 1
$
Pulsed Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 1912 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1812 8 4 2 1 Fire Output (Lug E9) 8 4 2 1 1913 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1813 8 4 2 1 Reset Relay 8 4 2 1 1914 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1814 8 4 2 1 Auxiliary Relay 8 4 2 1 1915 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1815 8 4 2 1
$
Entry/Exit 1 8 4 2 1 1916 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1816 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 2 8 4 2 1 1917 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1817 8 4 2 1
$
Exit/Entry Follower 8 4 2 1 1918 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1818 8 4 2 1 Auto Reset 8 4 2 1 1919 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1819 8 4 2 1 Swinger Shutdown 8 4 2 1 1920 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1820 8 4 2 1
$
Chime 8 4 2 1 1921 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1821 8 4 2 1 Abort Delay 8 4 2 1 1922 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1822 8 4 2 1 Power-up Delay 8 4 2 1 1923 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1823 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Open 8 4 2 1 1924 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1824 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Short 8 4 2 1 1925 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1825 8 4 2 1 Alarm on Day Zone 8 4 2 1 1926 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1826 8 4 2 1
$
Alarm Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1927 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1827 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1928 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1828 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 1 8 4 2 1 1929 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1829 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 1 8 4 2 1 1930 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1830 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1935 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1835 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1936 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1836 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 3 8 4 2 1 1937 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1837 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 3 8 4 2 1 1938 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1838 8 4 2 1 No EOL Resistor 8 4 2 1 1939 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1839 8 4 2 1 Sensor Watch 8 4 2 1 1940 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1840 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Open 8 4 2 1 1941 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1841 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Short 8 4 2 1 1942 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1842 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Night Open 8 4 2 1 1943 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1843 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 1 8 4 2 1 1944 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1844 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 2 8 4 2 1 1945 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1845 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 3 8 4 2 1 1946 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1846 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 4 8 4 2 1 1947 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1847 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 5 8 4 2 1 1948 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1848 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 6 8 4 2 1 1949 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1849 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 7 8 4 2 1 1950 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1850 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 8 8 4 2 1 1951 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1851 8 4 2 1 Bypass on Guard Tour 8 4 2 1 1953 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1853 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 1 8 4 2 1 1954 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 1854 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 2 8 4 2 1 1955 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 3 8 4 2 1 1956 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 4 8 4 2 1 1957 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 5 8 4 2 1 1958 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 6 8 4 2 1 1959 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 7 8 4 2 1 1960 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 8 8 4 2 1 1961 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior #1 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1962 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #2 Bypass 8 4 2 1 1963 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Keypad Sounder on Alarm 8 4 2 1 1964 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire (C) 8 4 2 1 1975 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire Alarm Verification (C) 8 4 2 1 1976 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior (STAY) Bypass 8 4 2 1 1984 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Chime 2 8 4 2 1 1986 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
ZN64 ZN63 ZN62 ZN61 L ADDR R ZN60 ZN59 ZN58 ZN57 ZN56 ZN55 ZN54 ZN53 L ADDR R ZN52 ZN51 ZN50 ZN49
"
)
ADDRESS
1902-1986
ZONES 57-60
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ZONES 53-56
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 1802-1886
1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1875 1876 1884 1886
ZONES 49-52
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Page 43
"
)
!
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 49-64
!
1
When the Easy Program Menu is used, these features are enabled by default.
$
Do not program if "K Series" keypads (with "
& % Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 installations.
In UL installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for "Pulsed Burg Output" and "fire Output Cadence" (Address 2422, bit zero).
'
L
NAPCO Security Systems
!
P
2
" and "
!
Q
!
4
" buttons) are used in the system.
4
!
2
!
2
!
!
4
4
!
2
See Zone Options on Page 46.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
Page 44
!
$
$
$
$
$
$ %$ %$
$
$
$
$
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 65-80
$
&
$
$
$
ZONE OPTIONS ZONES 77-8 0
Priority 8 4 2 1 2102 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2002 8 4 2 1 Priority with Bypass 8 4 2 1 2103 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2003 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass 8 4 2 1 2104 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2004 8 4 2 1 Selective Bypass 8 4 2 1 2105 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2005 8 4 2 1 Keyswitch Arming 8 4 2 1 2106 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2006 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass Re-entry 8 4 2 1 2107 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2007 8 4 2 1 Pre-Alarm Warning 8 4 2 1 2108 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2008 8 4 2 1 Never Arm 8 4 2 1 2109 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2009 8 4 2 1 24-Hour Zone 8 4 2 1 2110 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2010 8 4 2 1 Burg. Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 2111 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2011 8 4 2 1 Pulsed Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 2112 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2012 8 4 2 1 Fire Output (Lug E9) 8 4 2 1 2113 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2013 8 4 2 1 Reset Relay 8 4 2 1 2114 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2014 8 4 2 1 Auxiliary Relay 8 4 2 1 2115 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2015 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 1 8 4 2 1 2116 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2016 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 2 8 4 2 1 2117 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2017 8 4 2 1 Exit/Entry Follower 8 4 2 1 2118 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2018 8 4 2 1 Auto Reset 8 4 2 1 2119 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2019 8 4 2 1 Swinger Shutdown 8 4 2 1 2120 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2020 8 4 2 1 Chime 8 4 2 1 2121 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2021 8 4 2 1 Abort Delay 8 4 2 1 2122 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2022 8 4 2 1 Power-up Delay 8 4 2 1 2123 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2023 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Open 8 4 2 1 2124 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2024 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Short 8 4 2 1 2125 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2025 8 4 2 1 Alarm on Day Zone 8 4 2 1 2126 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2026 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 1 8 4 2 1 2127 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2027 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 1 8 4 2 1 2128 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2028 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 1 8 4 2 1 2129 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2029 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 1 8 4 2 1 2130 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2030 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 3 8 4 2 1 2135 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2035 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 3 8 4 2 1 2136 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2036 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 3 8 4 2 1 2137 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2037 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 3 8 4 2 1 2138 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2038 8 4 2 1 No EOL Resistor 8 4 2 1 2139 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2039 8 4 2 1 Sensor Watch 8 4 2 1 2140 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2040 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Open 8 4 2 1 2141 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2041 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Short 8 4 2 1 2142 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2042 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Night Open 8 4 2 1 2143 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2043 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 1 8 4 2 1 2144 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2044 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 2 8 4 2 1 2145 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2045 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 3 8 4 2 1 2146 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2046 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 4 8 4 2 1 2147 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2047 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 5 8 4 2 1 2148 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2048 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 6 8 4 2 1 2149 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2049 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 7 8 4 2 1 2150 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2050 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 8 8 4 2 1 2151 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2051 8 4 2 1 Bypass on Guard Tour 8 4 2 1 2153 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2053 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 1 8 4 2 1 2154 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2054 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 2 8 4 2 1 2155 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 3 8 4 2 1 2156 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 4 8 4 2 1 2157 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 5 8 4 2 1 2158 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 6 8 4 2 1 2159 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 7 8 4 2 1 2160 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 8 8 4 2 1 2161 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #1 Bypass 8 4 2 1 2162 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #2 Bypass 8 4 2 1 2163 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Keypad Sounder on Alarm 8 4 2 1 2164 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Fire (C) 8 4 2 1 2175 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Fire Alarm Verification (C) 8 4 2 1 2176 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior (STAY) Bypass 8 4 2 1 2184 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Chime 2 8 4 2 1 2186 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
WI 1185 6/03
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 65-80 (ADDRESS 2002-2186)
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
ZN80 ZN79 ZN78 ZN77 L ADDR R ZN76 ZN75 ZN74 ZN73 ZN72 ZN71 ZN70 ZN69 L ADDR R ZN68 ZN67 ZN66 ZN65
"
)
ADDRESS
2102-2186
ZONES 73-76
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ZONES 69-72
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 2002-2086
2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2075 2076 2084 2086
ZONES 65-68
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
"
)
!
1
When the Easy Program Menu is used, these features are enabled by default.
$
Do not program if "K Series" keypads (with "
& % Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 installations.
In UL installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for "Pulsed Burg Output" and "fire Output Cadence" (Address 2422, bit zero).
'
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
P
2
" and "
!
Q
!
4
" buttons) are used in the system.
4
!
2
!
2
!
!
4
4
!
2
See Zone Options on Page 46.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 81-96 (ADDRESS 2202-2386)
%$ %$
&
ZONE OPTIONS ZONES 93-9 6
$
Priority 8 4 2 1 2302 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2202 8 4 2 1 Priority with Bypass 8 4 2 1 2303 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2203 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass 8 4 2 1 2304 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2204 8 4 2 1
$
Selective Bypass 8 4 2 1 2305 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2205 8 4 2 1 Keyswitch Arming 8 4 2 1 2306 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2206 8 4 2 1 Auto-Bypass Re-entry 8 4 2 1 2307 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2207 8 4 2 1 Pre-Alarm Warning 8 4 2 1 2308 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2208 8 4 2 1 Never Arm 8 4 2 1 2309 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2209 8 4 2 1 24-Hour Zone 8 4 2 1 2310 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2210 8 4 2 1
$
Burg. Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 2311 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2211 8 4 2 1
$
Pulsed Alarm Output 8 4 2 1 2312 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2212 8 4 2 1 Fire Output (Lug E9) 8 4 2 1 2313 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2213 8 4 2 1 Reset Relay 8 4 2 1 2314 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2214 8 4 2 1 Auxiliary Relay 8 4 2 1 2315 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2215 8 4 2 1
$
Entry/Exit 1 8 4 2 1 2316 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2216 8 4 2 1 Entry/Exit 2 8 4 2 1 2317 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2217 8 4 2 1
$
Exit/Entry Follower 8 4 2 1 2318 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2218 8 4 2 1 Auto Reset 8 4 2 1 2319 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2219 8 4 2 1 Swinger Shutdown 8 4 2 1 2320 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2220 8 4 2 1
$
Chime 8 4 2 1 2321 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2221 8 4 2 1 Abort Delay 8 4 2 1 2322 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2222 8 4 2 1 Power-up Delay 8 4 2 1 2323 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2223 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Open 8 4 2 1 2324 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2224 8 4 2 1 Day Zone Short 8 4 2 1 2325 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2225 8 4 2 1 Alarm on Day Zone 8 4 2 1 2326 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2226 8 4 2 1
$
Alarm Telco 1 8 4 2 1 2327 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2227 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 1 8 4 2 1 2328 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2228 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 1 8 4 2 1 2329 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2229 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 1 8 4 2 1 2330 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2230 8 4 2 1 Alarm Telco 3 8 4 2 1 2335 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2235 8 4 2 1 Alarm Restore 3 8 4 2 1 2336 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2236 8 4 2 1 Trouble Telco 3 8 4 2 1 2337 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2237 8 4 2 1 Trouble Restore 3 8 4 2 1 2338 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2238 8 4 2 1 No EOL Resistor 8 4 2 1 2339 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2239 8 4 2 1 Sensor Watch 8 4 2 1 2340 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2240 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Open 8 4 2 1 2341 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2241 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Short 8 4 2 1 2342 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2242 8 4 2 1 Trouble on Night Open 8 4 2 1 2343 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2243 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 1 8 4 2 1 2344 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2244 8 4 2 1
$
Zone Area 2 8 4 2 1 2345 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2245 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 3 8 4 2 1 2346 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2246 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 4 8 4 2 1 2347 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2247 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 5 8 4 2 1 2348 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2248 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 6 8 4 2 1 2349 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2249 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 7 8 4 2 1 2350 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2250 8 4 2 1 Zone Area 8 8 4 2 1 2351 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2251 8 4 2 1 Bypass on Guard Tour 8 4 2 1 2353 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2253 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 1 8 4 2 1 2354 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 2254 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 2 8 4 2 1 2355 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 3 8 4 2 1 2356 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 4 8 4 2 1 2357 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 5 8 4 2 1 2358 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 6 8 4 2 1 2359 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 7 8 4 2 1 2360 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Zone ANDing Group 8 8 4 2 1 2361 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior #1 Bypass 8 4 2 1 2362 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Interior #2 Bypass 8 4 2 1 2363 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Keypad Sounder on Alarm 8 4 2 1 2364 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire (C) 8 4 2 1 2375 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Fire Alarm Verification (C) 8 4 2 1 2376 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
$
Interior (STAY) Bypass 8 4 2 1 2384 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 Chime 2 8 4 2 1 2386 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
ZN96 ZN95 ZN94 ZN93 L ADDR R ZN92 ZN91 ZN90 ZN89 ZN88 ZN87 ZN86 ZN85 L ADDR R ZN84 ZN83 ZN82 ZN81
"
)
ADDRESS
2302-2376
ZONES 89-92
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ZONES 85-88
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 2202-2276
2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2275 2276 2284 2286
ZONES 81-84
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
Page 45
"
)
!
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 49-64
!
1
When the Easy Program Menu is used, these features are enabled by default.
$
Do not program if "K Series" keypads (with "
& % Disable Auto-Reset on non-fire zones for SIA CP-01 installations.
In UL installations, all Fire Zones must also be programmed for "Pulsed Burg Output" and "fire Output Cadence" (Address 2422, bit zero).
'
L
NAPCO Security Systems
!
P
2
" and "
!
Q
!
4
" buttons) are used in the system.
4
!
2
!
2
!
!
4
4
!
2
See Zone Options on Page 46.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
4821
Draw Circle
ZN04 ZN03 ZN02 ZN01
Page 46
WI 1185 6/03
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-96 (ADDRESS 1200-2386)
!
1. Select the desired
zone option.
ZONE OPTIONS
50ms Loop Response 10ms Loop Response
Priority Priority with Bypass Auto-Bypass
(A) 50ms & 20 ms Loop Response only available for zones 1-8.
NOTES:
(B) 2-wire Smoke Detectors only available for zones 1-8.
(C) If Fire Alarm Verification is selected, then Fire must also be selected.
DEFAULTS: The zone options indicated are automatically set after exiting the Easy Menu Driven Mode.
Priority, Selective Bypass, Alarm Output, Auto Reset, Swinger Shutdown, Zone Area 1 and Zone Area 2 are
!
enabled for the total number of zones entered in
Alarm Telco 1
!
Entry/Exit 1 and Chime are enabled for zone numbers entered in
!
Exit/Entry Follower
!
Fire, Pulse Alarm Output and Fire Verification
!
2-Wire Smoke Detector is enabled for zone numbers entered in
!
!
2. Enable desired options for each zone by drawing a ci r c l e " around i t s corresponding binary data value.
is enabled for the zones if [YES] is entered for “
No circle = feature
NOTE:
disabled.
Interior Bypass
and
“AREA 1 # ZONES = 08” and “AREA 2 # ZONES = 00”
are enabled for zone numbers entered in
is enabled for the zone numbers entered in
DIGIT VALUE DATA ENTRY
8124
!
3. Search table below
for data entry.
4821 4821 4821
4821 4821 4821 4821
REPORT ALL ZONES TO CENTRAL ZONES? Y/N
Blank (.)
“EXIT / ENTRY ZONES ”
“2 WIRE FIRE ZONES”
DIGIT VALUE DATA ENTRY
8
1
8
2
8
3
8
4
8
5
8
6
8
7
8
“INTERIOR ZO NES”
421 421 421
124 4 21 4 21 4 2 1 4 2 1
.
“FIRE ZONES”
.
!
4. Enter data in ad dress
locations (left and right digits).
ADDRESS LOCATION
8
9
0
B
C
D
E
F
.
”.
.
.
Note: See “Number of Zones & Keypads per Area” in Easy Menu Driven program Mode.
L ADDR R
blank (•) 1200 1
Dark shaded data value box
NOTE:
shows option not available.
See Direct Address
NOTE:
Programming Example on page 22.
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-96
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Page 47
!
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 48
WI 1185 6/03
SYSTEM OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2415-2419)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 5)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 6)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 7)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 8)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 5)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 6)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 7)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 8)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
RESERVED
Lug E4 Armed Away Only
Disable Auto-Unbypass
on Disarming
Bypass
Faulted Zones
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Access Control (Panel)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
on Aux. Output
Enable Burg. Output
Warning on Entry
Enable
Manager’s Mode
Start Exit Delay
after Ringback
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
)
"
1
2
4
8
)
"
1
2
4
8
)
"
1
2
4
8
)
"
1
2
4
8
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 2415
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
ADDRESS 2416
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
ADDRESS 2417
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
ADDRESS 2418
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 1)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 2)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 3)
Disable Fire Reset
(Area 4)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 1)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 2)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 3)
Enable Day Zone Watch
(Area 4)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Opening Report only
after Alarm Report
Closing Report only on
Cond. Closing (Auto-Byp.)
Include Sel./Grp. Bypass
in Cond. Closing Status
Status Report
(Auto-Byp. Zones on
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Auto Bell Test
on Arming
Auto Reset after
Burg. Output Timeout
Suppress “Bypass”
Reminder when Armed
RESERVED
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Disable
Function-Mode Download
Disable
Callback Download
Disable Answering-
Machine Download Disable Auto-Reset
on Day Zone
LEFT DATA
VALUES
)
"
(CIRCLE
!
1. Select the desired option by circling "the data values for each digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
!
NOTE:
1
2
4
8
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
ADDRESS 2419
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
*
Do not enable on systems with "K Series" keypads.
L
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
1
2
4
8
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Interior 1
Normally Bypassed*
Enable
Exit-Delay Restart
Reset Day Zone with
Arm/Disarm Only
Enable Local Alarm on
First Zone “AND” Trip
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
SYSTEM OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2420-2422, 3874 & 3879-3881)
Page 49
!
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Disable Keypad
Instant Button
Enable
Line-Fault Test
Disable AC Fail Detection
Telco Fail
only when Armed
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Don’t Clear Aux. Relay
with Disarm
2nd Call Answering
Machine Overide
Disable Auto Status
Veri-phone Zones
trip Fire Output
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Disable Area Entry Relays
Disable Entry Urgency
Tone at Keypad
Enable Bell Output on
Keyfob Arming
Enable Burg. Output on Telco
Fail only when Armed
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
"
"
"
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
)
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
)
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
)
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 2420
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
*Not for UL Installations
ADDRESS 2421
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
ADDRESS 2422
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
(CIRCLE
§
In Zone Options, Fire Zones, and only Fire Zones,
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
"
1
2
4
8
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Disable System Trouble
Audible at Keypad *
Chime on
E4 Lug
Disable Code required
for Func. Mode Lvl. 1
Disable Code required
for Easy Bypass
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Automatic
Interior Bypass
Veri-phone Zones trip
Aux. Relay
Veri-phone Zones Priority
over Alarms
Aux. Output Chirp on
Keyfob Arm/Disarm
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Fire Output Cadence§
Wireless Smoke
Low Battery Resound
Supervised
Alarm Output
Enable Smoke Detector
Dirty Trouble
SYSTEM OPTIONS
must be programmed for pulse alarm output.
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Enable Set Time/Date
RESERVED
Enable
Time/Date Display
RESERVED
LEFT DATA
VALUES
"
)
(CIRCLE
!
1. Select the desired option by circling "the data values for each digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
!
NOTE:
1
2
4
8
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
ADDRESS 3874
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
SYSTEM OPTIONS
"
)
1
2
4
8
Enable GEM-PRINT
Cancel Report
to Telco 3
Report Wireless Trouble
to Telco 1
Report Wireless Trouble
to Telco 3
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 50
ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES (ADDRESS 3879-3881)
ALARM/TROUBLE
REPORTING CODES
Wireless Low Battery
Wireless Supervisory
Wireless Tamper
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 3879-3881]
ADDRESS 3879-3881
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
blank (•) 3879
blank (•) 3880
blank (•) 3881
SYSTEM OPTIONS (ADDRESS 3882-3901, 3903-3905 & 4084)
WI 1185 6/03
ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES:
1. Enter in corresponding address location (left and right digits).
NOTE:
CS receiver format.
2. Valid entries are: 1-9, 0 and B-F.
NOTE:
3. To disable a code leave boxes blank (•).
4. Press
Left digit is the first digit and right digit is the second digit in a two digit
A is not permitted.
or D to save.
U
Telephone Number
Dialing Prefix
(Digits 1-20)
SYSTEM OPTIONS
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Digital Dialer Rpt Enter/
Exit Test Mode
Enable CP-01 Limits 2
Disable Call Waiting on
First Attempt
Enable Ambush in User
Assignment Code Type
3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901
R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
!
ADDRESS 3882-3901 (RIGHT DIGITS 1-20)
Pager Format:
Re-sends of
First Report
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Pager Format:
Maximum Pages
per Session
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
"
)
1
4
8
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 3903
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 3904
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 3905
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
1
2
4
8
)
Sound Alarm on Exit Error
Rpt Exit Err/Recent Close
1. Select the desired option by circling "the data values for each digit (left and right).
SYSTEM OPTIONS
RESERVED
Exit Time Restart
!
2. Add the data values (ex: F=15=(1+2+4+8) from the selected options. See page 24).
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
!
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
!
4. Press U or D to save.
SYSTEM OPTIONS
RESERVED
RESERVED
RESERVED
Disable Auto
Dial Tone Detection
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
LEFT DATA
VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
)
ADDRESS 4084
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
blank (•)
L
Right digit is RESERVED
Note:
(not used). Enter data in left digit only.
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
KEYPAD OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2425-2454)
Page 51
!
Keypad 1 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•)
Keypad 5 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 9 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 13 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 2425
LEFT RIGHT
ADDRESS 2429
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2433
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2437
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
Keypad 2 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 6 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 10 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 14 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
KEYPAD TYPE & AREA ASSIGNMENT:
ADDRESS 2426
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
Keypad 3 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 2430
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
Keypad 7 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 2434
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
Keypad 11 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
ADDRESS 2438
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
Keypad 15 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Up to 15 keypads may be programmed, if they
are connected.
See Keypad Configuration Mode. By default from the factory, each keypad is
NOTE:
configured as number 1.
!
1. Select keypad type & area assignment for each keypad from the tables shown.
!
2. Enter in corresponding right and left digit address locations above.
ADDRESS 2427
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2431
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2435
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2439
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
LEFT OPTION
blank
Keypad 4 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 8 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Keypad 12 Type
& Area
Assignment
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
KEYPAD TYPE
Burg Keypad
(•)
2 Wizard Keypad
ADDRESS 2428
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2432
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
ADDRESS 2436
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
KEYPAD AREA
ASSIGNMENT
RIGHT
blank (•)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OPTION
Not Used
Area 1
Area 2
Area 3
Area 4
Area 5
Area 6
Area 7
Area 8
KEYPAD OPTIONS
KEYPAD
NO.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
KEYPAD OPTIONS
LEFT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
TOUR
STATION
PANEL
ACCESS
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
ARMING
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
EASY
"
)
AMBUSH
ADDRESS 2440-2454
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
RIGHT DATA VALUES (CIRCLE
Rem. Acc.
Only *
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
[Default = blank (•) blank (7) for address 2440]
KEYPAD OPTIONS:
* Note:
!
For Remote Access Control only (no Arm/Disarm capability).
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for each digit (left and right).
Select options for any of the 15 keypads.
KEYPAD OPTIONS
KEYPAD
PANIC
KEYPAD
AUXILIARY
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
4 2 1
"
)
KEYPAD
FIRE
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
! !
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
L
NAPCO Security Systems
NOTE:
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
4821
Draw Circle
ZN04 ZN03 ZN02 ZN01
Page 52
WI 1185 6/03
USER AREA OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2500-2595)
USER AREA OPTIONS
LEFT DATA VALUES
USER
NO.
A8 A7 A6 A5
1
8 4 2 1
2
8 4 2 1
3
8 4 2 1
4
8 4 2 1
5
8 4 2 1
6
8 4 2 1
7
8 4 2 1
8
8 4 2 1
9
8 4 2 1
10
8 4 2 1
11
8 4 2 1
12
8 4 2 1
13
8 4 2 1
14
8 4 2 1
15
8 4 2 1
16
8 4 2 1
17
8 4 2 1
18
8 4 2 1
19
8 4 2 1
20
8 4 2 1
21
8 4 2 1
22
8 4 2 1
23
8 4 2 1
24
8 4 2 1
25
8 4 2 1
26
8 4 2 1
27
8 4 2 1
28
8 4 2 1
29
8 4 2 1
30
8 4 2 1
31
8 4 2 1
32
8 4 2 1
33
8 4 2 1
34
8 4 2 1
35
8 4 2 1
36
8 4 2 1
37
8 4 2 1
38
8 4 2 1
39
8 4 2 1
40
8 4 2 1
41
8 4 2 1
42
8 4 2 1
43
8 4 2 1
44
8 4 2 1
45
8 4 2 1
46
8 4 2 1
47
8 4 2 1
48
8 4 2 1
AREAS 5-8
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 2500-2547
L ADDR R
2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547
AREAS 1-4
RIGHT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
)
LEFT DATA VALUES
USER
NO.
A8 A7 A6 A5
49
8 4 2 1
50
8 4 2 1
51
8 4 2 1
52
8 4 2 1
53
8 4 2 1
54
8 4 2 1
55
8 4 2 1
56
8 4 2 1
57
8 4 2 1
58
8 4 2 1
59
8 4 2 1
60
8 4 2 1
61
8 4 2 1
62
8 4 2 1
63
8 4 2 1
64
8 4 2 1
65
8 4 2 1
66
8 4 2 1
67
8 4 2 1
68
8 4 2 1
69
8 4 2 1
70
8 4 2 1
71
8 4 2 1
72
8 4 2 1
73
8 4 2 1
74
8 4 2 1
75
8 4 2 1
76
8 4 2 1
77
8 4 2 1
78
8 4 2 1
79
8 4 2 1
80
8 4 2 1
81
8 4 2 1
82
8 4 2 1
83
8 4 2 1
84
8 4 2 1
85
8 4 2 1
86
8 4 2 1
87
8 4 2 1
88
8 4 2 1
89
8 4 2 1
90
8 4 2 1
91
8 4 2 1
92
8 4 2 1
93
8 4 2 1
94
8 4 2 1
95
8 4 2 1
96
8 4 2 1
AREAS 5-8
(CIRCLE
"
)
ADDRESS 2548-2595
L ADDR R
2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595
AREAS 1-4
RIGHT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
)
!
1
!
1. Select the desired
!
2
user number.
USER
NO.
1
2 3 4 5
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
!
2. Enable desired areas
!
4
for each user by drawing a ci r c l e " a r o u n d it s corresponding binary data value.
No circle = feature
NOTE:
disabled.
A4 A3 A2 A1
4
!
2
!
1
!
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 2500-2595]
!
3. Search table below for data entry.
DIGIT VALUE DATA ENTRY
4821 4821 4821
8124
4821 4821 4821 4821
Blank (.)
DIGIT VALUE DATA ENTRY
8
1
8
2
8
3
8
4
8
5
8
6
8
7
8
421 421 421
4 21 4 21 4 2 1 4 2 1
2
124
!
8
9
0
B
C
D
E
F
L
!
4
!
4
4. Enter data in ad dress
!
2
locations (left and right digits).
ADDRESS LOCATION
L ADDR R
blank (•) 2500 1
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
EZM GROUP OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2600-2621)
Page 53
!
EZM Group 1
ZONES 9-12
ADDRESS 2600
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 7
ZONES 33-36
ADDRESS 2606
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 13
ZONES 57-60
ADDRESS 2612
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 19
ZONES 81-84
ADDRESS 2618
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
NOTE:
EZM TYPE
DATA
ENTRIES
RIGHT
blank (•) Not used
1 4-Zone
Zones 1-8 are included in the control panel and Zones 9-96 (Groups 1-22) are EZM Zones (either Wireless or Hardwired).
OPTION
(No EZM
present)
EZM
EZM Group 2
ZONES 13-16
ADDRESS 2601
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 8
ZONES 37-40
ADDRESS 2607
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 14
ZONES 61-64
ADDRESS 2613
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 20
ZONES 85-88
ADDRESS 2619
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 3
ZONES 17-20
ADDRESS 2602
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 9
ZONES 41-44
ADDRESS 2608
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 15
ZONES 64-68
ADDRESS 2614
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 21
ZONES 89-92
ADDRESS 2620
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 4
ZONES 21-24
ADDRESS 2603
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 10
ZONES 45-48
ADDRESS 2609
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 16
ZONES 69-72
ADDRESS 2615
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 22
ZONES 93-96
ADDRESS 2621
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 5
ZONES 25-28
ADDRESS 2604
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 11
ZONES 49-52
ADDRESS 2610
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 17
ZONES 73-76
ADDRESS 2616
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 6
ZONES 29-32
ADDRESS 2605
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 12
ZONES 53-56
ADDRESS 2611
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
EZM Group 18
ZONES 77-80
ADDRESS 2617
LEFT RIGHT
blank
(•)
Default depends on Easy Menu Question “
# OF ZNS IN AREA1
# OF ZNS IN AREA2
and “ . For example, If 96 zones are used, then all 22 groups will be automatically enabled. If only 8 zones are used, then groups 1-22 will be automatically disabled.
EZM GROUP OPTIONS: Up to 22 Groups of 4 Zones each may be programmed depending on the number of zones used and which EZM modules are connected. Each group represents 4 zones.
1. Select EZM type from the table shown.
! !
2. Enter in corresponding address locations above (right digit only).
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
NOTE:
EZM GROUP OPTIONS
GROUP
NO.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11
EZM PGM TERMINAL CONTROL
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
ADDRESS 2622-2632
L ADDR R
2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632
AREAS 1-4
RIGHT DATA VALUES
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
GROUP
NO.
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
EZM PGM TERMINAL CONTROL
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
ADDRESS
2633-2643
L ADDR R
2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643
AREAS 1-4
RIGHT DATA VALUES
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 2622-2643]
EZM PGM ARMED TERMINAL CONTROL: For each zone group select the area(s) which, when armed, will activate the PGM Lug on the corresponding EZM modules. Each zone group corresponds to 4 zones. If 8-Zone EZMs are used each one is treated as TWO zone groups.
Lug goes ACTIVE (low) when ANY selected area is armed. When activated, the PGM Lug goes
NOTE:
negative (to Ground).
!
1. Select the desired group number.
2. Enable desired options for each area by drawing a circle " around its corresponding binary data value.
!
!
3. Enter data in corresponding left and right digit address locations above.
No circle = feature disabled.
NOTE:
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 54
AREA ARMING OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2650-2657)
PRIORITY AREA ARMING
ARMING
AREA
AREA 1 AREA 2 AREA 3 AREA 4 AREA 5 AREA 6 AREA 7 AREA 8
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 2650-2657]
"
)
ADDRESS 2650-2657
L ADDR R
2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657
PRIORITY AREA ARMING:
!
1. Select the desired arming area.
!
2. Enable desired options for each priority area by drawing a circle " around its corresponding binary data value.
3. Enter data in corresponding left and right digit address locations above.
!
NOTE:
No circle = feature disabled.
NOTE:
Dark shaded data value box shows option not available.
AREAS 1-4
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
"
)
WI 1185 6/03
SYSTEM OPTIONS
Enable Keypad 5
Enable Keypad 6
Enable Keypad 7
Enable Keypad 8
REMOTE ACCESS LOGGING:
!
1. Select the desired option by circling "the data values for each digit (left and right).
!
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
3. Enter in address location (left and right digits).
!
AREA ARMING OPTIONS & REMOTE ACCESS LOGGING
REMOTE ACCESS LOGGING (ADDRESS 3184)
LEFT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
1
2
4
8
)
"
LEFT DIGIT (SUM
OF DATA VALUES)
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
Enable logging of every keypad access event.
ADDRESS 3184
RIGHT DIGIT (SUM OF DATA VALUES)
RIGHT DATA
VALUES
(CIRCLE
"
1
2
4
8
SYSTEM OPTIONS
)
Enable Keypad 1
Enable Keypad 2
Enable Keypad 3
Enable Keypad 4
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
AREA OUTPUT CONTROL OPTIONS (ADDRESS 2700-2739)
Page 55
!
OUTPUT SILENCED
(TURNED OFF)
Burglary Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
OUTPUT SILENCED
(TURNED OFF)
Burglary Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
OUTPUT SILENCED
(TURNED OFF)
Burglary Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
OUTPUT SILENCED
(TURNED OFF)
Burglary Output
Pulsed Burg. Output
Fire Output
Reset Relay
Auxiliary Relay
DISARMING AREA 1 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
DISARMING AREA 3 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
)
)
ADDRESS 2700-2732
L ADDR R
2700 2708 2716 2724 2732
ADDRESS 2702-2734
L ADDR R
2702 2710 2718 2726 2734
RIGHT DATA VALUES
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 2702-2735]
DISARMING AREA 5 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
)
ADDRESS 2704-2736
L ADDR R
2704 2712 2720 2728 2736
RIGHT DATA VALUES
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 2704-2737]
DISARMING AREA 7 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
"
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
)
ADDRESS 2706-2738
L ADDR R
2706 2714 2722 2730 2738
RIGHT DATA VALUES
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 2706-2739]
DISARMING AREA 2 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 1-4
(CIRCLE
"
)
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
[Default = 2700 (•1) 2708 (•1) ]
DISARMING AREA 4 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 1-4
)
"
(CIRCLE
AREAS 1-4
(CIRCLE
"
)
AREAS 1-4
(CIRCLE
"
)
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
DISARMING AREA 6 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
DISARMING AREA 8 TURNS OFF AREA OUTPUT
AREAS 5-8
LEFT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A8 A7 A6 A5
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
"
"
"
"
)
)
)
)
ADDRESS 2701-2733
L ADDR R
2701 2709 2717 2725 2733
ADDRESS 2703-2735
L ADDR R
2703 2711 2719 2727 2735
ADDRESS 2705-2737
L ADDR R
2705 2713 2721 2729 2737
ADDRESS 2707-2739
L ADDR R
2707 2715 2723 2731 2739
AREAS 1-4
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
RIGHT DATA VALUES
(CIRCLE
A4 A3 A2 A1
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
"
)
AREAS 1-4
)
"
AREAS 1-4
"
)
AREAS 1-4
)
"
AREA OUTPUT CONTROL
AREA OUTPUT TURNS OFF UPON DISARM: Select options for any of the 5 Outputs per area when disarming a particular area.
!
1. Select the desired option by circling " the data values for left and right digits.
2. Add the data values (ex: 15=1+2+4+8) from the selected options.
! !
3. Enter in right digit address location.
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 56
WI 1185 6/03
RF RECEIVERS & SUPERVISORY TIMER OPTIONS
Number of RF
Receivers
Default for Number of Receivers depends on Easy Menu Question for RF Transmitters.
RF SUPERVISORY
[Default = blank (•) 8 from address 3760-3767 (80 minutes)]
RF SUPERVISORY TIMERS
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•) blank (•)
blank (•) 1
blank (•) 2
blank (•) 3
blank (•) 4
blank (•) 5
blank (•) 6
blank (•) 7
blank (•) 8
blank (•) 9
blank (•) 0
blank (•) B
blank (•) C
blank (•) D
blank (•) E
blank (•) F
1 blank (•)
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
RF RECEIVERS & SUPERVISORY TIMER OPTIONS
1 5
1 6
1 7
1 8
1 9
1 0
1 B
1 C
1 D
1 E
1 F
2 blank (•)
2 1
2 2
2 3
2 4
2 5
ADDRESS 3776
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
TIMER
Type 0 Window/Door, 2 Pt. Type 1 Window/Door, 2 Pt.
Type 2 Window/Door, 2 Pt.
Type 3 Window/Door, 2 Pt.
Type 4 Window/Door, 4 Pt.
Type 5 PIR
Type 6 PIR
Type 7 Smoke Detector
DELAY
0 min.
10 min.
20 min.
30 min.
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
70 min.
80 min.
90 min.
100 min.
110 min.
120 min.
130 min.
140 min.
150 min.
160 min.
170 min.
180 min.
190 min.
200 min.
210 min.
220 min.
230 min.
240 min.
250 min.
260 min.
270 min.
280 min.
290 min.
300 min.
310 min.
320 min.
330 min.
340 min.
350 min.
360 min.
370 min.
DATA ENTRIES
RF TRANSMITTE R
blank (•) None
RF SUPERVISORY TIMERS
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT
2 6
2 7
2 8
2 9
2 0
2 B
2 C
2 D
2 E
2 F
3 blank (•)
3 1
3 2
3 3
3 4
3 5
3 6
3 7
3 8
3 9
3 0
3 B
3 C
3 D
3 E
3 F
4 blank (•)
4 1
4 2
4 3
4 4
4 5
4 6
F F
RIGHT
1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4
RF Receiver(s)
ADDRESS
3760-3767
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
DELAY
380min.
390 min.
400 min.
410 min.
420 min.
430 min.
440 min.
450 min.
460 min.
470 min.
480 min.
490 min.
500 min.
510 min.
520 min.
530 min.
540 min.
550 min.
560 min.
570 min.
580 min.
590 min.
600 min.
610 min.
620 min.
630 min.
640 min.
650 min.
660 min.
670 min.
680 min.
690 min.
700 min.
2550 min. = 42
Hr., 30 min.
(ADDRESS 3776 & 3760-3775)
RF RECEIVERS: Up to 4 RF Receivers may be programmed.
NOTE:
up to 96 the number of zones.
! !
RF SUPERVISORY
[Default = blank (•) 8 from address 3768-3775 (80 minutes)]
RF SUPERVISORY TIMERS:
programmed for each type of transmitter used. A transmitter will send a transmission every time it is tripped, when there is NO activity, the transmitter sends a status transmission about once an hour. If the receiver does NOT receive ANY signal (a trip or a status) from a transmitter in the time specified for transmitter type, a system trouble
E-04-NN
!
1. Select timer delay from the table shown. Timers are programmed in increments of 10 minutes each. Valid entries are (•)8-FF (80 minutes-2550 min) (2550 minutes = 42 hr,30 min).
WARNING:
!
2. Enter in corresponding address locations above (left and right digits).
3. For a desired timer not listed do the following:
!
A. Choose a desired timer (intervals of 10), ex: 1440 min. (24 Hours)
B. Divide it by 10, ex: 1440/10 = 144
C. Divide it by 16
NOTE:
RF Transmitters in Easy Menu Driven Mode Programming).
This adds wireless capability to the system, increasing
1. Select the number of receivers from the table shown.
2. Enter in corresponding right digit address location shown
(left digit is not used).
TIMER
RF TRANSMITTE R
Type 8 Smoke Detector Type 9 Keyfob
Type A Dual Tech.
Type B Keyfob
Type C Window/Door, 4 Pt.
Type D PIR
Type E Smoke Detector
Type F Napco Glass Break
ADDRESS 3768-3775
LEFT ADDR RIGHT
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
RF Supervisory Timers may be
” will be displayed at the keypad.
Timers have uncertainty of +/-30 minutes.
6 Quotient Left Digit 16 100 96 4 Remainder Right Digit
These timers apply only to Supervised RF Transmitters (see
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 57
!
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 1-39
ADDRESS 3778 & 2800-2803
3778 2800 2801 2802
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3781 & 2812-2815
3781 2812 2813 2814
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3784 & 2824-2827
3784 2824 2825 2826
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3787 & 2836-2839
3787 2836 2837 2838
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3790 & 2848-2851
3790 2848 2849 2850
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3793 & 2860-2863
3793 2860 2861 2862
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 1)
2803
(RELAY/entry 4)
2815
(RELAY/entry 7)
2827
(RELAY/entry 10)
2839
(RELAY/entry 13)
2851
(RELAY/entry 16)
2863
ADDRESS 3779 & 2804-2807
3779 2804 2805 2806
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3782 & 2816-2819
3782 2816 2817 2818
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3785 & 2828-2831
3785 2828 2829 2830
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3788 & 2840-2843
3788 2840 2841 2842
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3791 & 2852-2855
3791 2852 2853 2854
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3794 & 2864-2867
3794 2864 2865 2866
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 2)
(RELAY/entry 5)
(RELAY/entry 8)
(RELAY entry 11)
(RELAY/entry 14)
(RELAY/entry 17)
(ADDRESS 3778-3816 & 2800-2955)
2807
2819
2831
2843
2855
2867
ADDRESS 3780 & 2808-2811
3780 2808 2809 2810
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3783 & 2820-2823
3783 2820 2821 2822
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3786 & 2832-2835
3786 2832 2833 2834
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3789 & 2844-2847
3789 2844 2845 2846
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3792 & 2856-2859
3792 2856 2857 2858
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3795 & 2868-2871
3795 2868 2869 2870
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 3)
2811
(RELAY/entry 6)
2823
(RELAY/entry 9)
2835
(RELAY/entry 12)
2847
(RELAY/entry 15)
2859
(RELAY/entry 18)
2871
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL
ADDRESS 3796 & 2872-2875
3796 2872 2873 2874
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3799 & 2884-2887
3799 2884 2885 2886
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3802 & 2896-2899
3802 2896 2897 2898
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3805 & 2908-2911
3805 2908 2909 2910
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3808 & 2920-2923
3808 2920 2921 2922
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3811 & 2932-2935
3811 2932 2933 2934
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 19)
2875
(RELAY/entry 22)
2887
(RELAY/entry 25)
2899
(RELAY/entry 28)
2911
(RELAY/entry 31)
2923
(RELAY/entry 34)
2935
ADDRESS 3797 & 2876-2879
3797 2876 2877 2878
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3800 & 2888-2891
3800 2888 2889 2890
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3803 & 2900-2903
3803 2900 2901 2902
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3794 & 2864-2867
3806 2912 2913 2914
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3809 & 2924-2927
3809 2924 2925 2926
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3812 & 2936-2939
3812 2936 2937 2938
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 20)
2879
(RELAY/entry 23)
2891
(RELAY/entry 26)
2903
(RELAY/entry 29)
2915
(RELAY/entry 32)
2927
(RELAY/entry 35)
2939
ADDRESS 3798 & 2880-2883
3798 2880 2881 2882
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3801 & 2892-2895
3801 2892 2893 2894
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3804 & 2904-2907
3804 2904 2905 2906
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3807 & 2916-2919
3807 2916 2917 2918
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3810 & 2928-2931
3810 2928 2929 2930
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3813 & 2940-2943
3813 2940 2941 2942
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 21)
2883
(RELAY/entry 24)
2895
(RELAY/entry 27)
2907
(RELAY/entry 30)
2919
(RELAY/entry 33)
2931
(RELAY/entry 36)
2943
ADDRESS 3814 & 2944-2947
3814 2944 2945 2946
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
L
NAPCO Security Systems
(RELAY/entry 37)
2947
ADDRESS 3815 & 2948-2951
3815 2948 2949 2950
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 38)
2951
X
ADDRESS 3816 & 2952-2955
3816 2952 2953 2954
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 39)
2955
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 58
WI 1185 6/03
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 40-78
ADDRESS 3778 & 2956-2959
3817 2956 2957 2958
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3820 & 2968-2971
3820 2968 2969 2970
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3823 & 2980-2983
3823 2980 2981 2982
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3826 & 2992-2995
3826 2992 2993 2994
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3829 & 3004-3007
3829 3004 3005 3006
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3832 & 3016-3019
3832 3016 3017 3018
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 40)
2959
(RELAY/entry 43)
2971
(RELAY/entry 46)
2983
(RELAY/entry 49)
2995
(RELAY/entry 52)
3007
(RELAY/entry 55)
3019
ADDRESS 3818 & 2960-2963
3818 2960 2961 2962
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3821 & 2972-2975
3821 2972 2973 2974
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3824 & 2984-2987
3824 2984 2985 2986
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3827 & 2996-2999
3827 2996 2997 2998
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3830 & 3008-3011
3830 3008 3009 3010
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3833 & 3020-3023
3833 3020 3021 3022
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 41)
(RELAY/entry 44)
(RELAY/entry 47)
(RELAY EVENT 50)
(RELAY/entry 53)
(RELAY/entry 56)
(ADDRESS 3817-3855 & 2856-3111)
2963
2975
2987
2999
3011
3023
ADDRESS 3819 & 2964-2967
3819 2964 2965 2966
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3822 & 2976-2979
3822 2976 2977 2978
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3825 & 2988-2991
3825 2988 2989 2990
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3828 & 3000-3003
3828 3000 3001 3002
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3831 & 3012-3015
3831 3012 3013 3014
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3834 & 3024-3027
3834 3024 3025 3026
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 42)
2967
(RELAY/entry 45)
2979
(RELAY/entry 48)
2991
(RELAY/entry 51)
3003
(RELAY/entry 54)
3015
(RELAY/entry 57)
3027
ADDRESS 3835 & 3028-3031
3835 3028 3029 3030
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3838 & 3040-3043
3838 3040 3041 3042
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL
ADDRESS 3841 & 3052-3055
3841 3052 3053 3054
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3844 & 3064-3067
3844 3064 3065 3066
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3847 & 3076-3079
3847 3076 3077 3078
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3850 & 3088-3091
3850 3088 3089 3090
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 58)
(RELAY/entry 61)
(RELAY/entry 64)
(RELAY/entry 67)
(RELAY/entry 70)
(RELAY/entry 73)
3031
3043
3055
3067
3079
3091
ADDRESS 3836 & 3032-3035
3836 3032 3033 3034
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3839 & 3044-3047
3839 3044 3045 3046
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3842 & 3056-3059
3842 3056 3057 3058
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3845 & 3068-3071
3845 3068 3069 3070
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3848 & 3080-3083
3848 3080 3081 3082
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3851 & 3092-3095
3851 3092 3093 3094
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 59)
3035
(RELAY/entry 62)
3047
(RELAY/entry 65)
3059
(RELAY/entry 68)
3071
(RELAY/entry 71)
3083
(RELAY/entry 74)
3095
ADDRESS 3798 & 3036-3039
3798 3036 3037 3038
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3840 & 3048-3051
3840 3048 3049 3050
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3843 & 3060-3063
3843 3060 3061 3062
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3846 & 3072-3075
3846 3072 3073 3074
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3849 & 3084-3087
3849 3084 3085 3086
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
ADDRESS 3852 & 3096-3099
3852 3096 3097 3098
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 60)
3039
(RELAY/entry 63)
3051
(RELAY/entry 66)
3063
(RELAY/entry 69)
3075
(RELAY/entry 72)
3087
(RELAY/entry 75)
3099
ADDRESS 3853 & 3100-3103
3853 3100 3101 3102
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
(RELAY/entry 76)
3103
ADDRESS 3854 & 3104-3107
3854 3104 3105 3106
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
(RELAY/entry 77)
3107
ADDRESS 3855 & 3108-3111
3855 3108 3109 3110
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
L
NAPCO Security Systems
(RELAY/entry 78)
3111
WI 1185 6/03
Page 59
!
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 79-96
ADDRESS 3856 & 3112-3115
3856 3112 3113 3114
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3859 & 3124-3127
3859 3124 3125 3126
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3862 & 3136-3139
3862 3136 3137 3138
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3865 & 3148-3151
3865 3148 3149 3150
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3868 & 3160-3163
3868 3160 3161 3162
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3871 & 3172-3175
3871 3172 3173 3174
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 79)
3115
(RELAY/entry 82)
3127
(RELAY/entry 85)
3139
(RELAY/entry 88)
3151
(RELAY/entry 91)
3163
(RELAY/entry 94)
3175
ADDRESS 3857 & 3116-3119
3857 3116 3117 3118
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3860 & 3128-3131
3860 3128 3129 3130
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3863 & 3140-3143
3863 3140 3141 3142
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3866 & 3152-3155
3866 3152 3153 3154
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3869 & 3164-3167
3869 3164 3165 3166
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3872 & 3176-3179
3872 3176 3177 3178
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 80)
(RELAY/entry 83)
(RELAY/entry 86)
(RELAY entry 89)
(RELAY/entry 92)
(RELAY/entry 95)
(ADDRESS 3856-3873 & 3112-3183)
3119
3131
3143
3155
3167
3179
ADDRESS 3858 & 3120-3123
3858 3120 3121 3122
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3861 & 3132-3135
3861 3132 3133 3134
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3864 & 3144-3147
3864 3144 3145 3146
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3867 & 3156-3159
3867 3156 3157 3158
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3870 & 3168-3171
3870 3168 3169 3170
L R L R L R L R L R
ADDRESS 3873 & 3180-3183
3873 3180 3181 3182
L R L R L R L R L R
(RELAY/entry 81)
3123
(RELAY/entry 84)
3135
(RELAY/entry 87)
3147
(RELAY/entry 90)
3159
(RELAY/entry 93)
3171
(RELAY/entry 96)
3183
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL
[Default = blank (•) blank (•) from address 3778-3873 & 2800-3183]
To program, follow the 5 steps below:
STEP 1:
RELAY # OPTIONS:
96 available external relays from Relay Module RM3008. Multiple entries can drive the same External Relay.
!
Select the relay number from Table 1 (shown on next page); enter in
corresponding left and right digit address locations. Note: Entries 01-96 correspond to relays 1 through 96. If entries are zero, zero (00), then relay number is identical to the relay/entry address table number, in the selected address table(s) above.
STEP 2:
AREA OPTIONS:
!
Select the area from
address locations.
STEP 3:
TIMEOUTS:
!
If Alarm Type (see next page) is selected for timeout in minutes or seconds, select the timeout from Table
(shown on next page) in minutes or seconds and enter in corresponding address location (left digit and
3
Each relay event can be assigned a timeout depending on Alarm Type option.
right digits). To choose seconds or minutes, see step 5A below. 254 is maximum entry.
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
EVENT ID CODES:
!
Select 2-digit Event ID from Table 4 (see page 59); enter in corresponding address locations (left and right digit).
RELAY EVENT CONDITION OPTIONS:
condition; also, select a timeout type for each.
!
5A. Select Alarm Type and Timeout Type from
NOTE: Select Timeout from Step 3.
!
5B. Select Activation from from Table 5B (see page 60); enter in corresponding address location (right digit).
Each relay/entry can be assigned to any of the
Each relay/entry can be assigned to Area 1-8 or all areas.
Table 2
(shown on next page); enter in corresponding left and right digit
Each relay event can be assigned any of the available event IDs from the table.
Each relay event can be assigned an alarm type; and an activation
Table 5A
(see page 60); enter in corresponding address location (left digit).
RELAY # AREA Timeout Event ID
L R L R L R L R L R
(•)
RELAY EVENT OPTIONS
(•)
Step 1 Step
2
Step
3
COND.
Step 4 Step
Continued
5
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 60
TABLE 1
RELAY MAPPING
DATA ENTRIES
LEFT RIGHT blank (•) blank (•) None * blank (•) 1 1 blank (•) 2 2 blank (•) 3 3 blank (•) 4 4 blank (•) 5 5 blank (•) 6 6 blank (•) 7 7 blank (•) 8 8 blank (•) 9 9 blank (•) 0 10 blank (•) B 11 blank (•) C 12 blank (•) D 13 blank (•) E 14 blank (•) F 15
1 blank (•) 16 1 1 17 1 2 18 1 3 19 1 4 20 1 5 21 1 6 22 1 7 23 1 8 24 1 9 25 1 0 26 1 B 27 1 C 28 1 D 29 1 E 30 1 F 31 2 blank (•) 32 2 1 33 2 2 34 2 3 35
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL
2 4 36 2 5 37 2 6 38 2 7 39 2 8 40 2 9 41 2 0 42 2 B 43 2 C 44 2 D 45 2 E 46 2 F 47
6 blank (•) 96
[blank (•) blank (•)] option affects the
Note:
*
relay with the same entry number. All other options affect the relay number specified. Ex: Suppose Relay/Entry 1 is mapped to External Relay 1 and Relay/Entry 2 is mapped to External Relay 24. The data entries are as follows: Address 3778 = [blank (•) blank (•)] and Address 3779 = [1C].
For a desired relay not listed: A. Choose a desired relay, ex: 60 B. Divide it by 16
RELAY # AREA TIMEOUT EVENT ID COND.
See
Table 1 below
RELAY #
Table 2 below
Areas
1-4
TABLE 2 (AREAS 1-4)
AREAS CONTROLLING RELAY
SHUTOFF ON DISARM
RIGHT
AREA 4 AREA 3 AREA 2 AREA
DATA
ENTRY
blank (•) NONE
1 Y 2 Y 3 Y Y 4 Y 5 Y Y 6 Y Y 7 Y Y Y 8 Y 9 Y Y
0 Y Y B Y Y Y C Y Y D Y Y Y E Y Y Y
F Y Y Y Y
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
Note:
3 Quotient Left Digit 16 60 48 C Remainder Right Digit
RELAY EVENT OPTIONS
See
See
Table 3 below
Areas
5-8
1
TABLE 2 (AREAS 5-8)
AREAS CONTROLLING RELAY
SHUTOFF ON DISARM
LEFT
AREA 8 AREA 7 AREA 6 AREA
DATA
ENTRY
blank (•) NONE
1 Y 2 Y 3 Y Y 4 Y 5 Y Y 6 Y Y 7 Y Y Y 8 Y 9 Y Y 0 Y Y B Y Y Y C Y Y D Y Y Y E Y Y Y F Y Y Y Y
“Y” indicates option is enabled.
Note:
See
Table 4 on page 59
5
WI 1185 6/03
See
Tables 5A & 5B on
page 60
TABLE 3
(Alarm Type is selected for Timeout
LEFT RIGHT blank (•) blank (•) 0 min./sec. blank (•) 1 1 min./sec. blank (•) 2 2 min./sec. blank (•) 3 3 min./sec. blank (•) 4 4 min./sec. blank (•) 5 5 min./sec. blank (•) 6 6 min./sec. blank (•) 7 7 min./sec. blank (•) 8 8 min./sec. blank (•) 9 9 min./sec. blank (•) 0 10 min./sec. blank (•) B 11 min./sec. blank (•) C 12 min./sec. blank (•) D 13 min./sec. blank (•) E 14 min./sec. blank (•) F 15 min./sec.
For a desired delay/timeout not listed: A. Choose a desired delay/timeout, ex: 20 min. B. Divide it by 16
1 Quotient Left Digit 16 20 16 4 Remainder Right Digit
TIMEOUTS
Type in min. or sec.)
DATA ENTRIES TIMEOUT
1 blank (•) 16 min./sec. 1 1 17 min./sec. 1 2 18 min./sec. 1 3 19 min./sec. 1 4 20 min./sec. 1 5 21 min./sec. 1 6 11 min./sec. 1 7 12 min./sec. 1 8 13 min./sec. 1 9 14 min./sec. 1 0 15 min./sec. 1 B 16 min./sec. 1 C 17 min./sec. 1 D 18 min./sec.
F F 255 min./sec.
Continued
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 61
!
STEP 4:
EVENT ID CODES:
!
Select 2-digit Event ID from
TABLE 4
DATA ENTRIES OPTION
LEFT RIGHT blank (•) blank (•) blank (•) 1 blank (•) 2 blank (•) 3 blank (•) 4 blank (•) 5 blank (•) 6 blank (•) 7 blank (•) 8 blank (•) 9 blank (•) 0 blank (•) B blank (•) C blank (•) D blank (•) E blank (•) F
1 blank (•) 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 0 1 B 1 C 1 D 1 E 1 F 2 blank (•) 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 0 2 B 2 C 2 D 2 E 2 F 3 blank (•) 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 0 3 B 3 C 3 D 3 E 3 F 4 blank (•) 4 1 4 2 4 3
EVENT ID CODES
Area 1 Arm/Disarm Area 2 Arm/Disarm Area 3 Arm/Disarm Area 4 Arm/Disarm Area 5 Arm/Disarm Area 6 Arm/Disarm Area 7 Arm/Disarm Area 8 Arm/Disarm
Each relay event can be assigned any of the available event IDs from the table.
(below); enter in corresponding address locations (left and right digit).
Table 4
Zone 61 Zone 62 Zone 63 Zone 64 Zone 65 Zone 66 Zone 67 Zone 68 Zone 69 Zone 70 Zone 71 Zone 72 Zone 73 Zone 74 Zone 75 Zone 76 Zone 77 Zone 78 Zone 79 Zone 80 Zone 81 Zone 82 Zone 83 Zone 84 Zone 85 Zone 86 Zone 87 Zone 88 Zone 89 Zone 90 Zone 91 Zone 92 Zone 93 Zone 94 Zone 95 Zone 96
Area 1 Keypad Ambush
Area 1 Keypad Panic
Area 1 Keypad Fire
Area 1 Keypad Medical
Keypad Tamper
Area 1 Fail to Open
Area 1 Fail to Close
Area 2 Keypad Ambush
Area 2 Keypad Panic
Area 2 Keypad Fire
Area 2 Keypad Medical
Area 2 Fail to Open
Area 2 Fail to Close
Area 3 Keypad Ambush
Area 3 Keypad Panic
Area 3 Keypad Fire
Area 3 Keypad Medical
Area 3 Fail to Open
Area 3 Fail to Close
Area 4 Keypad Ambush
Area 4 Keypad Panic
Area 4 Keypad Fire
Area 4 Keypad Medical
Area 4 Fail to Open
Area 4 Fail to Close
Area 5 Keypad Ambush
Area 5 Keypad Panic
Area 5 Keypad Fire
Area 5 Keypad Medical
Area 5 Fail to Open
Area 5 Fail to Close
Area 6 Keypad Ambush
Area 6 Keypad Panic
Area 6 Keypad Fire
Area 6 Keypad Medical
Area 6 Fail to Open
Area 6 Fail to Close
Area 7 Keypad Ambush
Area 7 Keypad Panic
Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8
Zone 9 Zone 10 Zone 11 Zone 12 Zone 13 Zone 14 Zone 15 Zone 16 Zone 17 Zone 18 Zone 19 Zone 20 Zone 21 Zone 22 Zone 23 Zone 24 Zone 25 Zone 26 Zone 27 Zone 28 Zone 29 Zone 30 Zone 31 Zone 32 Zone 33 Zone 34 Zone 35 Zone 36 Zone 37 Zone 38 Zone 39 Zone 40 Zone 41 Zone 42 Zone 43 Zone 44 Zone 45 Zone 46 Zone 47 Zone 48 Zone 49 Zone 50 Zone 51 Zone 52 Zone 53 Zone 54 Zone 55 Zone 56 Zone 57 Zone 58 Zone 59 Zone 60
4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 0 4 B 4 C 4 D 4 E 4 F 5 blank (•) 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 0 5 B 5 C 5 D 5 E 5 F 6 blank (•) 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 0 6 B 6 C 6 D 6 E 7 blank (•) 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 5 7 6 7 8 7 9 7 0 7 B 7 D 7 E 8 blank (•) 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 5 8 6 8 8 8 9 8 0 8 B 8 D 8 E 9 blank (•) 9 1 9 2 9 3 9 5 9 6 9 8 9 9
9 0 9 B 9 D 9 E 0 blank (•) 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 6 0 8 0 0 0 B 0 C 0 D 0 E 0 F B blank (•) B 8 B 9 B B B C B D B E B F D blank (•) D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 8 D 9 D 0 D B D C D D D E D F F blank (•) F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8 F 9 F 0 F B F C F D F E F F
Area 7 Keypad Fire
Area 7 Keypad Medical
Area 7 Fail to Open Area 7 Fail to Close
Area 8 Keypad Ambush
Area 8 Keypad Panic
Area 8 Keypad Fire
Area 8 Keypad Medical
Area 8 Fail to Open Area 8 Fail to Close
Test Timer
Bus Fail
Guarded RAM Fail
Low Battery
AC Fail
EZM Tamper
Sensor Watch
Telco Fault
Digital Dialer Test
Guard-Tour Fail Service Message Program Change
RF Receiver Trouble
Transmitter Tamper
Transmitter Trouble
Keypad Fail
EZM Fail
Quickloader Device Control
System Shutdown
Quickloader Keypad Reset
General System Alarm
Area 1 General System Alarm
Area 2 General System Alarm
Area 3 General System Alarm
Area 4 General System Alarm
Area 5 General System Alarm
Area 6 General System Alarm
Area 7 General System Alarm
Area 8 General System Alarm
Relay Group 1 Relay Group 2 Relay Group 3 Relay Group 4 Relay Group 5 Relay Group 6 Relay Group 7
Relay Group 8 Area 1 Entry Delay Area 2 Entry Delay Area 3 Entry Delay Area 4 Entry Delay Area 5 Entry Delay Area 6 Entry Delay Area 7 Entry Delay Area 8 Entry Delay
NOTE: Keypad Tamper must be enabled in
UL installations using jumper option on keypad.
Continued
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 62
WI 1185 6/03
STEP 5:
RELAY EVENT CONDITION OPTIONS:
timeout type for each.
!
5A. Select Alarm Type and Timeout Type from Table 5A (below); enter in corresponding address location (left digit). NOTE: Select Timeout from Step 2.
!
5B. Select Activation from from Table 5B (below); enter in corresponding address location (right digit).
TABLE 5A
RELAY EVENT
ALARM TYPE OPTIONS
LEFT DATA
ENTRIES
blank (•) Burglary Minutes
1 Fire Minutes 4 Day Zone Minutes 8 Burglary Seconds 9 Fire Seconds
C Day Zone Seconds
ALARM
TYPE
Each relay event can be assigned an alarm type; and an activation condition; also, select a
TABLE 5B
RELAY EVENT
TIMEOUT
TYPE
RIGHT DATA ENTRIES OPTIONS
ACTIVATION CONDITIONS
1 Alarm 2 Restore 3 Trouble 4 Trouble Restore 5 Follows Open Zone 6 Follows Shorted Zone
NUMBER OF RELAY BOARD MODULES (ADDRESS 3777)
Number of Relay
Board Modules
[Default = blank (•) blank (•)]
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL
ADDRESS 3777
LEFT RIGHT
blank (•)
DATA
ENTRIES
RIGHT
blank (•)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
B
C
Relay Board Module(s)
None
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
RELAY BOARD MODULES: Up to 12 External Relay Board Modules (RM3008) may be programmed.
!
1. Select the number of relay modules from the table shown.
!
2. Enter in corresponding right digit address location shown (left digit is not used).
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
SYSTEM RESET OPTIONS (ADDRESS 4091-4093)
Page 63
!
4091 XX
GEM-RP1CAe2 Keypad
GEM-RP2ASe2 Keypad
4091XX
4093 XX
GEM-RP1CAe2 Keypad
GEM-RP2ASe2 Keypad
4093XX
Clear Dealer Program (Erases Dealer Program)
This erases the dealer program. Use this feature to start a customized default program.
Access address 4091, then press the
NOTE: Enter Easy Menu Driven Program Mode to program system again.
button. Data entry is not allowed.
J
Cold Start (Erases Entire Program)
This erases the entire program (codes, schedules, foreign language configuration, etc), leaving the panel as it came right out of the box.
Access address 4093, then press the
NOTE:
re-programmed with the Downloading Software.
Some features (schedules, language configuration) can only be
button. Data entry is not allowed.
J
SYSTEM RESET OPTIONS
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 64
WI 1185 6/03
USER PROGRAM MODE
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION
The User Program Mode is covered in detail in the operating instructions for the keypad in use.
!
Only Keypad #1 may be used for programming, however this keypad may be located in any area.
!
The Program Mode cannot be accessed while the communicator is transmitting except during the first three minutes after power-up.
!
After entering codes or data, press the save U button. Data will not be stored into memory unless this button is pressed.
If the keypad is in the Program Mode and no activity is detected for longer than 4 minutes, a steady tone will sound.
!
Press the C button to silence the sounder and exit the User Program Mode.
!
For ease of programming, it is recommended that a GEM-RP1CAe2 or GEM-K1CA be used as Keypad #1. (A new GEM-
NOTE:
RP1CAe2/GEM-K1CA is automatically configured as Keypad #1). See Keypad Configuration Mode and WI777 for more information.
If a GEM-K2AS or GEM-RP2ASe2 keypad is used, configure address jumpers as Keypad #1 (see page 64, "Configuring the Keypads"). Use the R or A button to manually scroll the display at the end of each programming line.
ACCESSING USER PROGRAM MODE
USER PROGRAM MODE
1. Press
2. Press
3. Press
4. Press
Existing Panel (Any Code with User Program Option Enabled)
EEEEEE
New Panel (Default User Code = 123)
Q
P
C
Until TURNON PROG Y/N(GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS) or
17 (GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL or GEM-RP4RFC/ GEM-K4RF) appears on the LCD screen.
To Enter User Program Mode.
To Exit User Program Mode when finished.
R
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 65
!
USER CODES
GEM-K2AS Keypad
(Direct Entry)
GEM-K3DGTL Keypad
UP
0 I
1
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
BYPASS
User Program Mode
BYPASS
User Number
BYPASS
User Code (Direct Entry)
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL CHIME
USER01
123___
CHIME
CHIME
To Program User Codes
1. Enter 2-digit User Number (01-32) directly using number
buttons (0-9).
2. Press the
3. Enter Code (1-6 digits) directly using number buttons (0-9).
4. Press the
each code.
NOTE:
To continue press
To Program User Codes
1. Enter 2-digit User Number
(01-32) directly using number
buttons (0-9).
2. Press the
3. Enter Code (1-6 digits) directly using number buttons (0-9).
4. Press the
each code.
NOTE:
To continue press
Press
Press
R
U
R
U
GEMINI
User01
STATUS
ARMED
button.
button to save
G
0
R
1 2
B 4 5 6
C 7 8 9 0
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
button to clear character at cursor.
P
or
Q
button.
3
U
Programming User Codes with GEM-K2AS Keypad
GEMINI
UP
button.
button to save
G
0
INTERIOR
STATUS
ARMED
R 1 2 3
B 4 5 6
C
7 8 9 0
COMPUTERIZED SECURITY SYSTEM
button to clear character at cursor.
P
or
Q
button.
BYPASS
FIRE/TBL SYS TBL
U
NEXT/YES
P
PRIOR/NO
Q
AREA
G
Flashing
CHIME
NEXT/YES
P
PRIOR/NO
Q
AREA
G
USER PROGRAM MODE: ACCESSING PROGRAM MODE & USER CODES
L
GEM-K4RF Keypad
CHIME
CHIME
CHIME
UP
User Program Mode
01
User Number
-
User Code (Direct Entry)
NAPCO Security Systems
Programming User Codes with GEM-K3DGTL Keypad
To Program User Codes
1. Enter 2-digit User Number
(01-32) directly using number
buttons (0-9).
2. Press the
3. Enter Code (1-6 digits) directly using number buttons (0-9).
4. Press the
each code.
Press
NOTE:
To continue press P or Q button.
button.
R
U
button to save
G
0
button to clear character at cursor.
Programming User Codes with GEM-K4RF Keypad
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 66
WI 1185 6/03
KEYPAD CONFIGURATION MODE
This section will focus on configuring the GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS, GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL, GEM-RP4RFC/ GEM-K4RF, and GEM-RP4C/GEM-K4 series Keypads. If there is more than one keypad in the system, only Keypad No. 1 may be used for programming. For ease of programming, it is recommended that a GEM-RP1CAe2 or a GEM­K1CA be selected as Keypad #1 (see WI777 for Programming Instructions).
KEYPAD INSTALLATION
Each keypad must be assigned an address number (1–15) and each requires its own configuration procedure (see CONFIGURING THE KEYPADS, which follows, and DIRECT ADDRESS KEYPAD AREA OPTIONS). At least 1 keypad must be used; only 1 is required for a single-area Commercial Burglary installation.
Note:
GEM-K2AS keypads are utility LCD keypads combining several preset LCD words with a limited message line. Due to
space constraints, available messages are abbreviated and will scroll automatically.
CONFIGURING THE KEYPADS
Configuring the GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS, GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL, GEM­RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF and GEM-RP4C/GEM-K4 Keypads
Up to 15 GEM-RP2ASe2/GEM-K2AS, GEM-RP3DGTL/GEM-K3DGTL, GEM-RP4RFC/GEM-K4RF and/or GEM-RP4C/ GEM-K4 series keypads may be connected to the panel (Keypads 1–15). Each must be configured for a keypad address. In addition, the keypad may be configured to disable (a) touchpad backlight; (b) LCD backlight; and (c) entry sounder. Keypads are configured by the proper selection of jumpers. Refer to the label on the circuit board insulation paper for jumper locations and a summary of settings.
KEYPAD ADDRESS
If more than one keypad is installed:
!
Each must be assigned a unique address (that is, no two keypads may be numbered alike).
!
Keypads must be addressed consecutively (that is, missing numbers are not permitted).
!
Only Keypad No. 1 may be used for programming. (However, for ease of programming, it is recommended that a GEM-RP1CAe2/ GEM-K1CA be selected as Keypad #1).
Assign the keypad address number by selecting Jumpers J1–3 in accordance with the table at right.
*Notes:
(1) Keypads are shipped from the factory
without
jumpers installed and as such are automatically configured as Keypad No. 1. (2) Only one keypad in the system may be configured as Keypad No. 1, otherwise none will function.
TOUCHPAD BACK LIGHT
Cut Jumper A to disable touch pad backlighting to conserve 11mA standby current.
KEYPAD CONFIGURATION MODE: CONFIGURING THE KEYPADS
LCD BACKLIGHT
Cut Jumper B to disable LCD backlighting.
DISABLE SOUNDER
Cut Jumper C to disable the sounder. (Do not disable in UL applications).
KEYPAD
NUMBER
1 2 3
OFF
1
2
3 ON ON
4
5 ON
6
7 ON ON ON
or
ON*
OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF
The
GEM-RP2ASe2/
KEYPAD ADDRESS SETTING
PARK
OFF OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON ON
STORE SPARE
JUMPER AT THIS
POSITION
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 67
!
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
20ms Loop Response (A) ......................................................40
24 Hour Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 15
24-Hour Zone
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
2nd Call Answering Machine Overide, Address 2421 .............49
2-Wire Fire Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................6, 14
2-Wire Smoke Detectors (B)
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
50 mS Loop Response Zones
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 15
50ms Loop Response (A) ......................................................40
A
Abort Delay
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
ABORT DELAY, Address 2406 ..............................................27
AC Fail Report Delay, Address 2408 .....................................27
Access Control (Panel) on Aux. Output, Address 2418 ..........48
Access Direct Address Program Mode ............................23, 24
ACCESSING DEALER PROGRAM MODE ..............................5
ACCESSING DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE ...........22
ACCESSING USER PROGRAM MODE ................................64
Alarm on Day Zone
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Alarm Restore 1
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Alarm Restore 3
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Alarm Telco 1
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Alarm Telco 3
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES, Address
0860-0862 .........................................................................32
ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES, ADDRESS
3879-3881 .........................................................................50
Ambush Code, Address 0495 ................................................28
AREA ARMING OPTIONS, ADDRESS 2650-2657 ............. ...54
AREA OUTPUT CONTROL OPTIONS, ADDRESS
2700-2739 .........................................................................55
Area SYSTEM TROUBLE reporting OPTIONS,
ADDRESS 1120-1157 .......................................................38
Area SYSTEM TROUBLE reporting OPTIONS,
ADDRESS 1160-1197 .......................................................39
Auto Bell Test on Arming, Address 2418 ...............................48
Auto Bypass Re-entry Zones
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 16
Auto Disarm Rearm Delay, Address 4083 ..............................28
Auto Download ID No., Address 1023 ....................................30
Auto Reset
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Auto Reset after Burg. Output Timeout, Address 2418 ..........48
Auto-Bypass
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Auto-Bypass Re-entry
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Automatic Interior Bypass, Address 2421 ..............................49
Aux Output Activated on Alarm Zones
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 15
Aux. Output Access Control Timeout, Address 2402 .............27
Aux. Output Chirp on Keyfob Arm/Disarm, Address 2421 ......49
Aux. Output Timeout, Address 2401 ......................................28
Auxiliary Relay
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
B
Backup Report on Telco 2, Address 1027 ..............................33
Burg. Alarm Output
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Burg. Alarm Output Timeout, Address 2403 ...........................28
Bypass Faulted Zones, Address 2417 ...................................48
Bypass on Guard Tour
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
C
Callback Method
Overview .............................................................................4
Callback Telephone No. Select, Address 1022 ......................30
Cancel Next Test Timer on any Report, Address 1027 ..........33
Cancel Report to Telco 3, Address 3874 ...............................49
Central Station Receiver 1 Account Number
Easy Program Menu ......................................................9, 17
Central Station Receiver 1 Format
Easy Program Menu ......................................................9, 17
Central Station Receiver 1 Telephone Number
Easy Program Menu ......................................................8, 17
CHANGES FROM PREVIOUS EDITION ....................................2
CHANGING OR CANCELING A CODE
Easy Program Menu ....................................................11, 19
Chime
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Chime 2
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Chime 2 Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 15
Chime on E4 Lug, Address 2420 ...........................................49
CHIME TIMEOUT, Address 2407 ..........................................27
Chime Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 15
Clear Dealer Program ............................................................63
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
CLEAR PROGRAM
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
Closing Report only on Cond. Closing (Auto-Byp.),
Address 2417 ....................................................................48
Cold Start ..............................................................................63
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
CONFIGURING THE KEYPADS ...........................................66
Conventions Used in this Manual ...........................................25
CS AREA & SYSTEM REPORTING OPTIONS,
ADDRESS 1024-1027 .......................................................33
CS Receiver 1 Format, Address 0525 ....................................29
CS RECEIVER 1 OPTIONS, Address 0526 ...........................29
CS Receiver 2 Format, Address 0550 ....................................29
CS RECEIVER 2 OPTIONS, Address 0551 ...........................29
CS Receiver 3 Format, Address 0575 ....................................29
CS RECEIVER 3 OPTIONS, Address 0576 ...........................29
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 68
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT'D)
WI 1185 6/03
CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS, ADDRESS
0520, 0521, 0525, 0526, 0550, 0551, 0575 & 0576 ........... 29
CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS, ADDRESS
0527-0546, 0552-0571, 0577-0596 ................................... 30
CS REPORTING CODES, ADDRESS 0859-0907 ................. 32
CS REPORTING CODES, ADDRESS 0870-0904 ................. 33
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS, ADDRESS 0650-
0787 .................................................................................. 31
CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS, ADDRESS 0790-
0857 .................................................................................. 32
CS SYSTEM REPORT OPTIONS, Address 1027 ................. 33
CS TELCO 1 SUBSCRIBER EVENT ID NUMBERS ............. 31
CS TELCO 1 SUBSCRIBER OPENING/CLOSING ID
NUMBERS ........................................................................ 31
CS TELCO 2 SUBSCRIBER EVENT ID NUMBERS
(BACKUP REPORTING) ...................................................31
CS TELCO 2 SUBSCRIBER OPENING/CLOSING ID
NUMBERS (BACKUP REPORTING ..................................31
CS Telco 3 Report Delay, Address 3902 ............................... 27
CS TELCO 3 SUBSCRIBER EVENT ID NUMBERS ............. 32
CS TELCO 3 SUBSCRIBER OPENING/CLOSING ID
NUMBERS ........................................................................ 32
CS USER REPORTING CODES, ADDRESS 1030-
1055 .................................................................................. 35
CS USER REPORTING CODES, ADDRESS 1056-
1081 .................................................................................. 36
CS zone REPORTING CODES, ADDRESS 0910-1005 ........ 34
CUSTOMIZING A DEFAULT PROGRAM ............................... 5
D
Day Zone Open
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Day Zone Short
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Dealer Code
Easy Program Menu .................................................... 13, 21
DEALER PROGRAM
Overview ............................................................................. 5
Dealer Security Code, Address 0500-0502 ........................... 28
Digital Dialer Rpt Enter/Exit Test Mode, Address 3905 .......... 50
Direct Address Program Mode
Overview ............................................................................. 4
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE ................................ 22
DIRECT ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE KEYPAD
COMMANDS ..................................................................... 23
Disable AC Fail Detection, Address 2420 ..............................49
Disable Answering-Machine Download, Address 2419 .......... 48
Disable Area Entry Relays, Address 2422 ............................. 49
Disable Auto Dial Tone Detection, Address 4084 .................. 50
Disable Auto Status, Address 2421 .......................................49
Disable Auto-Reset on Day Zone, Address 2419 ................... 48
Disable Auto-Unbypass on Disarming, Address 2417 ........... 48
Disable Call Waiting on First Attempt, Address 3905 ............. 50
Disable Callback Download, Address 2419 ...........................48
DISABLE CLOSING REPORTS, Address 1025 .................... 33
Disable Code required for Easy Bypass, Address 2420 ......... 49
Disable Code required for Func. Mode Lvl. 1, Address
2420 .................................................................................. 49
Disable Entry Urgency Tone at Keypad, Address 2422 ......... 49
Disable Fire Reset (Areas 1-8), Address 2415 ...................... 48
Disable Function-Mode Download, Address 2419 ................. 48
Disable Keypad Instant Button, Address 2420 ....................... 49
DISABLE OPENING REPORTS, Address 1024 .................... 33
DISABLE Sounder
CONFIGURING ................................................................. 66
Disable System Trouble Audible at Keypad, Address
2420 .................................................................................. 49
Disable Wait for Handshake, Address 1027 .......................... 33
Disable Wait for Silence, Address 1027 .................................33
Don’t Clear Aux. Relay with Disarm, Address 2421 ...............49
Download Security Code, Address 0645-0647 ...................... 30
DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS, ADDRESS
4089, 0600-0619, 0625-0647, 1022 & 1023 ...................... 30
Downloading From a Computer ...............................................4
E
EASY MENU DRIVEN PROGRAM MODE .............................. 5
Easy Programming of Auto download ID #'s
Easy Program Menu ............................................................ 9
Easy Programming of PC Preset Callback Numbers
Easy Program Menu ............................................................ 9
Enable Ambush in User Assignment Code Type,
Address 3905 ....................................................................50
Enable Bell Output on Keyfob Arming, Address 2422 ............ 49
Enable Burg Output Chirp on KeyFob?
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 8, 16
Enable Burg. Output on Telco Fail only when Armed,
Address 2422 ....................................................................49
Enable Burg. Output Warning on Entry, Address 2418 .......... 48
Enable CP-01 Limits, Address 3905 ......................................50
Enable Day Zone Watch (Areas 1-8), Address 2416 ............. 48
Enable Exit-Delay Restart, Address 2419 .............................. 48
Enable GEM-PRINT, Address 3874 ......................................49
Enable Line-Fault Test, Address 2420 .................................. 49
Enable Local Alarm on First Zone “AND” Trip,
Address 2419 ....................................................................48
Enable Manager’s Mode, Address 2418 ................................ 48
Enable No EOLR Zones
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 8, 16
Enable Set Time/Date, Address 3874 ...................................49
Enable SIA CP-01 Features?
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 8, 16
Enable Smoke Detector Dirty Trouble, Address 2422 ............ 49
Enable Telco Line Fault Test?
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 8, 16
Enable Time/Date Display, Address 3874 ............................. 49
Enter Date
Easy Program Menu .......................................................... 13
Enter Time
Easy Program Menu .......................................................... 13
Enter User Codes
Easy Program Menu .................................................... 10, 18
ENTRY DELAY 1, Address 0001 ...........................................27
ENTRY DELAY 2, Address 0002 ...........................................27
Entry/Exit 1
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
Page 69
!
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT'D)
Entry/Exit 2
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Erasing Dealer Program ........................................................63
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
Erasing Entire Program ..........................................................63
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
EXIT DEALER PROGRAM MODE
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
Exit Delay, Address 0000 .......................................................27
Exit Time Restart, Address 3905 ...........................................50
Exit/Entry Follower
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Exit/Entry Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................6, 14
Exit/Entry2 Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 15
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / relays 1-39,
ADDRESS 3778-3816 & 2800-2955 ............................57–62
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / relays 40-78,
ADDRESS 3817-3855 & 2856-3111 ............................57–62
EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 79-96,
ADDRESS 3856-3873 & 3112-3183 ............................57–62
EZM group OPTIONS, ADDRESS 2600-2621 .......................53
EZM PGM ARMED TERMINAL CONTROL ...........................53
F
Fire (C)
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Fire Alarm Verification (C)
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Fire Output (Lug E9)
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Fire Output Cadence, Address 2422 ......................................49
Fire Output Timeout, Address 2405 .......................................28
Fire Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................6, 14
Function Mode
Overview ..............................................................................4
G
GEM-P9600 WIRING DIAGRAM ...........................................76
General Programming Steps .................................................25
GLOBAL SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING
OPTIONS, ADDRESS 1082-1116 ......................................37
Interior (STAY) Bypass
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Interior 1 Normally Bypassed, Address 2419 .........................48
Interior Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ......................................................6, 15
K
Key Fob Transmitters as Arm/Disarm & Control
Devices
Easy Program Menu ....................................................12, 20
Key Fob Transmitters as Zone Input Devices
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
KEY FOB ZONE ASSIGNMENT
Easy Program Menu ....................................................12, 20
Keypad Address
CONFIGURING .................................................................66
KEYPAD ADDRESS PROGRAM MODE DISPLAY ...............23
KEYPAD CONFIGURATION MODE ......................................66
Keypad Easy Program Menu .............................................6, 14
KEYPAD INSTALLATION ......................................................66
KEYPAD OPTIONS, ADDRESS 2425-2454 ..........................51
KEYPAD PROGRAMMING OVERVIEW ...............................22
Keypad Sounder on Alarm
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Keypad Sounder On Alarm Zones
Easy Program Menu ......................................................7, 16
KEYPAD SYSTEM CODES, ADDRESS 0490, 0495 &
0500 ..................................................................................28
KEYPAD TYPE & AREA ASSIGNMENT ...............................51
Keyswitch Arming
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
L
LCD Backlight
CONFIGURING .................................................................66
Leading Digits for Pager Format (1st Digit), Address
0520 ..................................................................................29
Leading Digits for Pager Format (2nd Digit), Address
0521 ..................................................................................29
Local Downloading
Overview .............................................................................4
Local or Central Station Reporting System
Easy Program Menu ......................................................6, 14
Lug E4 Armed Away Only, Address 2417 ..............................48
H
Handshake for Local Telemetry, Address 1027 ......................33
I
Include Sel./Grp. Bypass in Cond. Closing Status,
Address 2417 ....................................................................48
Interior #1 Bypass
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Interior #2 Bypass
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
L
NAPCO Security Systems
M
MODEM CODES ...................................................................34
N
Never Arm
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
NEW PANELS .........................................................................5
No EOL Resistor
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
No. Rings Before Pickup, Address 4089 ................................30
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 70
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT'D)
WI 1185 6/03
Number of Keypads in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 8, 16
Number of Keypads in Area 2
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 8, 16
NUMBER OF RELAY BOARD MODULES,
ADDRESS 3777 ................................................................ 62
O
Opening Report only after Alarm Report, Address 2417 ........ 48
OPENING/CLOSING REPORTING CODES, Address
0864-0907 ......................................................................... 32
P
Pager Format: Maximum Pages per Session, Address
3904 .................................................................................. 50
Pager Format: Re-sends of First Report, Address 3903 ........ 50
Panel Access Code, Address 0490-0492 .............................. 28
Power-up Delay
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Pre-Alarm Warning
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Priority
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
PRIORITY AREA ARMING: .................................................. 54
Priority with Bypass
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Pulse Alarm Output Timeout, Address 2404 .......................... 28
PULSE EVENT CODE .......................................................... 34
Pulsed Alarm Output
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Q
Quick Method
Easy Program Menu .................................................... 12, 20
R
remote access logging, ADDRESS 3184 ...............................54
Remote Downloading
Overview ............................................................................. 4
Report Cancel Window, Address 4082 .................................. 28
Report Wireless Trouble to Telco 1, Address 3874 ................ 49
Report Wireless Trouble to Telco 3, Address 3874 ................ 49
Reset Day Zone with Arm/Disarm Only, Address 2419 .........48
RESET OPTIONS, ADDRESS 4091-4093 ............................ 63
Reset Output Timeout, Address 2400 ....................................28
Reset Relay
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
RF RECEIVERS & SUPERVISORY TIMER
OPTIONS, ADDRESS 3776 & 3760-3775 ......................... 56
RF SUPERVISORY TIMERS ................................................56
RF Transmitter Points
Easy Program Menu .................................................... 12, 20
Rpt Exit Err/Recent Close, Address 3905 ..............................50
S
Selective Bypass
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Sensor Watch
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Sensor Watch Delay, Address 4088 ......................................27
Sensor Watch Zones
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 7, 15
Sound Alarm on Exit Error, Address 3905 ............................. 50
Start Exit Delay after Ringback, Address 2418 ...................... 48
Status Report (Auto-Byp. Zones on Clos.), Address
2417 .................................................................................. 48
Supervised Alarm Output, Address 2422 ............................... 49
Suppress “Bypass” Reminder when Armed, Address
2418 .................................................................................. 48
Swinger Shutdown
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS, ADDRESS 0000-
0002, 2402, 2406, 2414 & 3902 ........................................ 27
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS, ADDRESS 2400,
2401, 2403-2405, 4082 & 4083 ......................................... 28
SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS, ADDRESS 2407,
2408 & 4088 ......................................................................27
SYSTEM OPTIONS, ADDRESS 2415-2419 ......................... 48
SYSTEM OPTIONS, ADDRESS 2420-2422, 3874 &
3879-3881 ......................................................................... 49
SYSTEM OPTIONS, ADDRESS 3882-3901, 3903-
3905 & 4084 ......................................................................50
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING OPTIONS .................................... 4
SYSTEM RESET OPTIONS, ADDRESS 4091-4093 ............. 63
T
TABLE OF CONTENTS ..........................................................3
Telco Fail only when Armed, Address 2420 .......................... 49
Telephone Line Test Delay, Address 2414 ............................27
Total Number of Zones in Area 1
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 6, 14
Total Number of Zones in Area 2
Easy Program Menu ...................................................... 6, 14
TouchPad Back light
CONFIGURING ................................................................. 66
TouchTone Dialing Only, Address 1027 ................................ 33
TouchTone Dialing w/Rotary Backup, Address 1027 ............. 33
Transmit “402” Opening/Closing Code, Address 1027 ........... 33
Trouble on Night Open
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Trouble on Open
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Trouble on Short
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Trouble Restore 1
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Trouble Restore 3
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
Trouble Telco 1
(Zone Option) .............................................................. 40–45
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (CONT'D)
Trouble Telco 3
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
U
USER AREA OPTIONS, ADDRESS 2500-2595 ....................52
USER Codes (Programming) .................................................65
User Program Mode
Overview ..............................................................................4
USER PROGRAM MODE ......................................................64
V
Veri-phone Zones Priority over Alarms, Address 2421 ...........49
Veri-phone Zones trip Aux. Relay, Address 2421 ...................49
Veri-phone Zones trip Fire Output, Address 2421 ..................49
W
Wireless Smoke Low Battery Resound, Address 2422 ..........49
WIRING DIAGRAM ................................................................76
Page 71
!
Z
Zone ANDing Group 1-8
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
Zone Area 1-8
(Zone Option) ..............................................................40–45
ZONE DESCRIPTIONS
Easy Program Menu ....................................................13, 21
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-16, ADDRESS 1200-1386 ........40
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 17-32, ADDRESS 1402-
1586 ..................................................................................41
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-96, ADDRESS 1200-2386 ........46
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 33-48, ADDRESS 1602-
1786 ..................................................................................42
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 49-64, ADDRESS 1802-
1986 ..................................................................................43
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 65-80, ADDRESS 2002-
2186 ..................................................................................44
ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 81-96, ADDRESS 2202-
2386 ..................................................................................45
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 72
ADDRESS NUMBER LOCATION INDEX
0000 EXIT DELAY 27
0000-0002 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27
0001 ENTRY DELAY 1 27 0002 ENTRY DELAY 2 27 0490 KEYPAD SYSTEM CODES 28
0490-0492 PANEL ACCESS CODE 28
0495 AMBUSH CODE 28 0495 KEYPAD SYSTEM CODES 28 0500 KEYPAD SYSTEM CODES 28
0500-0502 DEALER SECURITY CODE 28
0520 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29 0520 LEADING DIGITS FOR PAGER FORMAT (1ST DIGIT) 29 0521 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29 0521 LEADING DIGITS FOR PAGER FORMAT (2ND DIGIT) 29 0525 CS RECEIVER 1 FORMAT 29 0525 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29 0526 CS RECEIVER 1 OPTIONS 29 0526 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29
0527-0546 CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS 30
0550 CS RECEIVER 2 FORMAT 29 0550 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29 0551 CS RECEIVER 2 OPTIONS 29 0551 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29
0552-0571 CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS 30
0575 CS RECEIVER 3 FORMAT 29 0575 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29 0576 CS RECEIVER 3 OPTIONS 29
0576 CS RECEIVER FORMAT OPTIONS 29 0577-0596 CS RECEIVER TELEPHONE NUMBERS 30 0600-0619 DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS 30 0625-0647 DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS 30 0645-0647 DOWNLOAD SECURITY CODE 30 0650-0787 CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS 31 0790-0857 CS SUBSCRIBER ID NUMBERS 32 0859-0907 CS REPORTING CODES 32 0860-0862 ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES 32 0864-0907 OPENING/CLOSING REPORTING CODES 32 0870-0904 CS REPORTING CODES 33 0910-1005 CS ZONE REPORTING CODES 34
1022 CALLBACK TELEPHONE NO. SELECT 30
1022 & 1023 DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS 30
1023 AUTO DOWNLOAD ID NO. 30
1024 DISABLE OPENING REPORTS 33 1024-1027 CS AREA & SYSTEM REPORTING OPTIONS 33
1025 DISABLE CLOSING REPORTS 33
1027 BACKUP REPORT ON TELCO 2 33
1027 CANCEL NEXT TEST TIMER ON ANY REPORT 33
1027 CS SYSTEM REPORT OPTIONS 33
1027 DISABLE WAIT FOR HANDSHAKE 33
1027 DISABLE WAIT FOR SILENCE 33
1027 HANDSHAKE FOR LOCAL TELEMETRY 33
1027 TOUCHTONE DIALING ONLY 33
1027 TOUCHTONE DIALING W/ROTARY BACKUP 33
1027 TRANSMIT “402” OPENING/CLOSING CODE 33 1030-1055 CS USER REPORTING CODES 35
WI 1185 6/03
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
ADDRESS NUMBER LOCATION INDEX (CONT'D)
1056-1081 CS USER REPORTING CODES 36 1082-1116 GLOBAL SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS 37 1120-1157 AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS 38 1160-1197 AREA SYSTEM TROUBLE REPORTING OPTIONS 39 1200-1386 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-16 40 1200-2386 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 1-96 46 1402-1586 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 17-32 41 1602-1786 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 33-48 42 1802-1986 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 49-64 43 2002-2186 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 65-80 44 2202-2386 ZONE OPTIONS / ZONES 81-96 45
2400 RESET OUTPUT TIMEOUT 28 2400 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 28 2401 AUX. OUTPUT TIMEOUT 28 2401 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 28 2402 AUX. OUTPUT ACCESS CONTROL TIMEOUT 27 2402 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27 2403 BURG. ALARM OUTPUT TIMEOUT 28
2403-2405 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 28
2404 PULSE ALARM OUTPUT TIMEOUT 28 2405 FIRE OUTPUT TIMEOUT 28 2406 ABORT DELAY 27 2406 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27 2407 CHIME TIMEOUT 27 2407 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27 2408 AC FAIL REPORT DELAY 27 2408 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27 2414 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27 2414 TELEPHONE LINE TEST DELAY 27 2415 DISABLE FIRE RESET (AREAS 1-8) 48
2415-2419 SYSTEM OPTIONS 48
2416 ENABLE DAY ZONE WATCH (AREAS 1-8) 48 2417 BYPASS FAULTED ZONES 48 2417 CLOSING REPORT ONLY ON COND. CLOSING (AUTO-BYP.) 48 2417 DISABLE AUTO-UNBYPASS ON DISARMING 48 2417 INCLUDE SEL./GRP. BYPASS IN COND. CLOSING STATUS 48 2417 LUG E4 ARMED AWAY ONLY 48 2417 OPENING REPORT ONLY AFTER ALARM REPORT 48 2417 STATUS REPORT (AUTO-BYP. ZONES ON CLOS.) 48 2418 ACCESS CONTROL (PANEL) ON AUX. OUTPUT 48 2418 AUTO BELL TEST ON ARMING 48 2418 AUTO RESET AFTER BURG. OUTPUT TIMEOUT 48 2418 ENABLE BURG. OUTPUT WARNING ON ENTRY 48 2418 ENABLE MANAGER’S MODE 48 2418 START EXIT DELAY AFTER RINGBACK 48 2418 SUPPRESS “BYPASS” REMINDER WHEN ARMED 48 2419 DISABLE ANSWERING-MACHINE DOWNLOAD 48 2419 DISABLE AUTO-RESET ON DAY ZONE 48 2419 DISABLE CALLBACK DOWNLOAD 48 2419 DISABLE FUNCTION-MODE DOWNLOAD 48 2419 ENABLE EXIT-DELAY RESTART 48 2419 ENABLE LOCAL ALARM ON FIRST ZONE “AND” TRIP 48 2419 INTERIOR 1 NORMALLY BYPASSED 48 2419 RESET DAY ZONE WITH ARM/DISARM ONLY 48 2420 CHIME ON E4 LUG 49 2420 DISABLE AC FAIL DETECTION 49 2420 DISABLE CODE REQUIRED FOR EASY BYPASS 49
Page 73
!
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 74
ADDRESS NUMBER LOCATION INDEX (CONT'D)
2420 DISABLE CODE REQUIRED FOR FUNC. MODE LVL. 1 49
2420 DISABLE KEYPAD INSTANT BUTTON 49
2420 DISABLE SYSTEM TROUBLE AUDIBLE AT KEYPAD 49
2420 ENABLE LINE-FAULT TEST 49
2420 TELCO FAIL ONLY WHEN ARMED 49 2420-2422 SYSTEM OPTIONS 49
2421 2ND CALL ANSWERING MACHINE OVERIDE 49
2421 AUTOMATIC INTERIOR BYPASS 49
2421 AUX. OUTPUT CHIRP ON KEYFOB ARM/DISARM 49
2421 DISABLE AUTO STATUS 49
2421 DON’T CLEAR AUX. RELAY WITH DISARM 49
2421 VERI-PHONE ZONES PRIORITY OVER ALARMS 49
2421 VERI-PHONE ZONES TRIP AUX. RELAY 49
2421 VERI-PHONE ZONES TRIP FIRE OUTPUT 49
2422 DISABLE AREA ENTRY RELAYS 49
2422 DISABLE ENTRY URGENCY TONE AT KEYPAD 49
2422 ENABLE BELL OUTPUT ON KEYFOB ARMING 49
2422 ENABLE BURG. OUTPUT ON TELCO FAIL ONLY WHEN ARMED 49
2422 ENABLE SMOKE DETECTOR DIRTY TROUBLE 49
2422 FIRE OUTPUT CADENCE 49
2422 SUPERVISED ALARM OUTPUT 49
2422 WIRELESS SMOKE LOW BATTERY RESOUND 49 2425-2454 KEYPAD OPTIONS 51 2500-2595 USER AREA OPTIONS 52 2600-2621 EZM GROUP OPTIONS 53 2650-2657 AREA ARMING OPTIONS 54 2700-2739 AREA OUTPUT CONTROL OPTIONS 55 2800-2955 EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 1-39 57–62 2856-3111 EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 40-78 57–62 3112-3183 EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 79-96 57–62
3184 REMOTE ACCESS LOGGING 54 3760-3775 RF RECEIVERS & SUPERVISORY TIMER OPTIONS 56
3776 RF RECEIVERS & SUPERVISORY TIMER OPTIONS 56
3777 NUMBER OF RELAY BOARD MODULES 62 3778-3816 EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 1-39 57–62 3817-3855 EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 40-78 57–62 3856-3873 EXTERNAL RELAY CONTROL / RELAYS 79-96 57–62
3874 CANCEL REPORT TO TELCO 3 49
3874 ENABLE GEM-PRINT 49
3874 ENABLE SET TIME/DATE 49
3874 ENABLE TIME/DATE DISPLAY 49
3874 REPORT WIRELESS TROUBLE TO TELCO 1 49
3874 REPORT WIRELESS TROUBLE TO TELCO 3 49
3874 SYSTEM OPTIONS 49 3879-3881 ALARM/TROUBLE REPORTING CODES 50 3879-3881 SYSTEM OPTIONS 49 3882-3901 SYSTEM OPTIONS 50
3902 CS TELCO 3 REPORT DELAY 27
3902 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27
3903 PAGER FORMAT: RE-SENDS OF FIRST REPORT 50 3903-3905 SYSTEM OPTIONS 50
3904 PAGER FORMAT: MAXIMUM PAGES PER SESSION 50
3905 DIGITAL DIALER RPT ENTER/EXIT TEST MODE 50
3905 DISABLE CALL WAITING ON FIRST ATTEMPT 50
3905 ENABLE AMBUSH IN USER ASSIGNMENT CODE TYPE 50
WI 1185 6/03
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
WI 1185 6/03
ADDRESS NUMBER LOCATION INDEX (CONT'D)
3905 ENABLE CP-01 LIMITS 50
3905 EXIT TIME RESTART 50
3905 RPT EXIT ERR/RECENT CLOSE 50
3905 SOUND ALARM ON EXIT ERROR 50
4082 REPORT CANCEL WINDOW 28
4082 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 28
4083 AUTO DISARM REARM DELAY 28
4083 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 28
4084 DISABLE AUTO DIAL TONE DETECTION 50
4084 SYSTEM OPTIONS 50
4088 SENSOR WATCH DELAY 27
4088 SYSTEM DELAYS & TIMEOUTS 27
4089 DOWNLOAD/CALLBACK OPTIONS 30
4089 NO. RINGS BEFORE PICKUP 30
4091-4093 SYSTEM RESET OPTIONS 63
Page 75
!
L
NAPCO Security Systems
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
!
Page 76
GEM-P9600 WIRING DIAGRAM
WI 1185 6/03
X
GEM-P9600 Programming Instructions
L
NAPCO Security Systems
Loading...